RT24C2P103 [BOURNS]

SMT Trimmers - Product Selection Guide; SMT微调 - 产品选择指南
RT24C2P103
型号: RT24C2P103
厂家: BOURNS ELECTRONIC SOLUTIONS    BOURNS ELECTRONIC SOLUTIONS
描述:

SMT Trimmers - Product Selection Guide
SMT微调 - 产品选择指南

文件: 总86页 (文件大小:3220K)
中文:  中文翻译
下载:  下载PDF数据表文档文件
w w w . b o u r n s  
.
c o m  
Trimmers  
I. Product Selection Guide...............................................................6  
II. Product Specifications .................................................................9  
III. Optional Products.......................................................................69  
IV. Tape and Reel Packaging Specifications.....................................70  
V. Panel Mounting Options.............................................................72  
VI. Adjustment Tools .......................................................................77  
VII. Lab Design Kits ..........................................................................77  
VIII. Mil-Spec Part Numbering...........................................................79  
IX. Applications/Processing Guide...................................................83  
X. Soldering and Cleaning Processes .............................................84  
5
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
SMT Trimmers - Product Selection Guide  
Packaging  
Options  
Sealed  
Open  
Element  
Technology  
Number  
of Turns  
Size  
Adjust  
Model  
Number  
Page  
No.  
See  
Note 1  
See  
Note 2  
Cermet W/W  
Single Multi Sealed Open 2mm 3mm 4mm 5mm 1/4"  
3214*  
3224*  
3269*  
3302  
E
E
T,S  
T,S  
T,S  
T
12  
14  
22  
32  
34  
39  
41  
47  
56  
58  
G,T  
E
3303  
E
T,B  
T,S  
T,S  
T
3313*  
3314  
E
E,G,T  
E
3324*  
3364  
E
T,B  
T
3374*  
E
NOTE 1:  
Standard packaging; some options may require alternate packaging. Consult factory.  
T = Tube, B = Bulk, E = Embossed Tape - 7" Reel, G = Embossed Tape - 13" Reel  
NOTE 2:  
T = Top Adjustment, S = Side Adjustment, B = Bottom Adjustment  
*Indicates patented models.  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
6
Commercial/Industrial Through-Hole Sealed  
Element  
Technology  
Number  
of Turns  
Packaging  
Options  
Size  
Adjust  
Page  
No.  
Model  
Number  
See  
Note 2  
Cermet  
WW Single Multi 1/4" Sq. 5/16" Sq. 3/8" Sq.  
1/2"  
3/4"  
1-1/4"  
See Note 1  
T
3005**  
3006  
S
69  
9
T
S
3009**  
3057  
T,B  
T,B  
T,B  
T
S
69  
10  
11  
69  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
24  
25  
26  
27  
29  
30  
31  
51  
52  
69  
54  
59  
61  
61  
62  
S
3059  
S
3082**  
3250  
S
T,B  
T,B  
T
T,S  
T,S  
T,S  
T,S  
T,S  
T,S  
T,S  
T,S  
T,S  
T,S  
T,S  
T,S  
T,S  
T,S  
T,S  
T,S  
T,S  
T,S  
T,S  
T,S  
T
3252  
3260  
3262*  
T
3266*  
T,R  
T
3266-LTC  
3290  
T,B  
T,B  
T,R  
T
3292*  
3296*  
3296-LTC  
3296-LC2*  
3296-OT1*  
3299*  
T,B  
T
T,B  
T,B,R  
T
3329  
3339  
3345**  
3362  
B
T,R  
T,B,R  
T
3386  
3386-HV2  
3386-HV3  
3386-OT1  
T
T,B  
NOTE 1: Standard packaging; some options may require alternate packaging. Consult factory.  
T = Tube, B = Bulk, R = Tape and Reel  
NOTE 2: T = Top Adjustment, S = Side Adjustment  
*Indicates patented models.  
**Optional products (not recommended for new designs).  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
7
Open Frame Trimmers  
Size  
Element  
Technology  
Number  
of Turns  
Mounting  
Type  
Packaging  
Options  
Adjust  
Model  
Page  
No.  
Number  
See  
Note 2  
Cermet Carbon Single Multi  
SMT  
Leaded 2mm 3mm 4mm 6mm 9mm 3/8"  
See Note 1  
3302  
3303  
3306  
3309  
3318  
3319  
3328  
3352  
3364  
TC76  
E
T
32  
34  
36  
37  
44  
45  
49  
53  
56  
65  
E
T,B  
B
T,S  
B
T,S,B  
T,S  
B
B
T,S,B  
T,S,B  
T,S  
B
B
E
T
B, T&R, A  
T,S,B  
Application Specific Products  
Element  
Technology  
Number  
of Turns  
Packaging  
Options  
Size  
Adjust  
Model  
Page  
No.  
Number  
See  
Note 2  
Cermet WW Single Multi 1/4"  
5/16"  
3/8"  
1/2"  
3/4"  
1-1/4"  
See Note 1  
3266-LTC  
3296-LTC  
3296-LC2*  
3296-OT1*  
3386-HV2  
3386-HV3  
3386-OT1*  
T
T
T,S  
T,S  
T,S  
T,S  
T,S  
T,S  
T
21  
27  
29  
30  
61  
61  
62  
T
T
T
T
T,B  
Military Products  
Element  
Technology  
Packaging  
Options  
Turns  
Size  
3/8"  
Adjust  
Page  
No.  
Model  
Number  
See  
Note 1  
See  
Note 2  
Cermet W/W  
Single  
Multi  
1/4"  
1/2" 1-1/4"  
RJ 22  
T,B  
T,B  
T
T,S  
T,S  
T,S  
T,S  
T,S  
T,S  
17  
28  
19  
16  
24  
18  
RJ/RJR 24*  
RJ/RJR 26  
RT/RTR 22  
RT/RTR 24  
RT 26  
T,B  
T
T
NOTE 1:  
Standard packaging; some options may require alternate packaging. Consult factory.  
T = Tube, B = Bulk, E = Embossed Tape - 7" Reel, G = Embossed Tape - 13" Reel  
T&R = Tape & Reel, A = Ammo Pak  
NOTE 2: T = Top Adjustment, S = Side Adjustment,  
B = Bottom Adjustment  
* Indicates patented models.  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
8
Transparent housing available, can  
be set visually without hook-up and  
instrumentation (“P” style only)  
Features  
3/4” Rectangular / Multiturn  
Cermet / Industrial / Sealed  
Low PC board profile - only 1/4” high  
Panel mount option available,  
(see page 72 for details)  
3006 - Trimpot® Trimming Potentiometer  
Electrical Characteristics  
How To Order  
Common Dimensions  
Standard Resistance Range  
3006 P - 1 - 103 Z  
19.05  
(.750)  
..................................10 to 5 megohms  
(see standard resistance table)  
Resistance Tolerance .............±10% std.  
(tighter tolerance available)  
Absolute Minimum Resistance  
............................1.0% or 2 ohms max.  
(whichever is greater)  
Contact Resistance Variation  
..............................1.0% or 1 ohm max.  
(whichever is greater)  
1.52  
(.060)  
Model  
Style  
Standard or Modified  
Product Indicator  
.38  
(.015)  
5.33 ± .89  
(.210 ± .035)  
MIN.  
-1 = Standard Product  
-7 = Transparent Housing  
1
2
3
.76  
(.030)  
Resistance Code  
.51 ± .03  
DIA. PINS TYP.  
(.020 ± .001)  
Optional Suffix Letter  
Z = Panel Mount  
4.83  
(.190)  
(Factory Installed)  
ADJ. SLOT  
2.36  
(.093)  
.79  
(.031)  
.64  
(.025)  
Adjustability  
Consult factory for other available options.  
DIA.  
Voltage ......................................±0.01%  
Resistance ................................±0.05%  
Resolution.....................................Infinite  
Insulation Resistance ................500 vdc.  
1,000 megohms min.  
6.35  
(.250)  
DEEP  
X
4.70 ± .38  
WIDE  
X
(.185 ± .015)  
Standard Resistance Table  
Resistance  
(Ohms)  
Resistance  
Code  
3006P  
Dielectric Strength  
10  
100  
200  
500  
101  
201  
501  
102  
202  
502  
103  
203  
253  
503  
104  
204  
Sea Level ...............................1,000 vac  
80,000 Feet...............................250 vac  
Adjustment Angle .............15 turns nom.  
20  
3.30  
(.130)  
50  
100  
200  
5.08  
(.200)  
12.70  
(.500)  
Environmental Characteristics  
500  
1,000  
Power Rating (400 volts max.)  
70°C .......................................0.75 watt  
125°C ..........................................0 watt  
Temperature Range ......-55°C to +125°C  
Temperature Coefficient .....±100ppm/°C  
Seal Test ........................85°C Fluorinert*  
Humidity........MIL-STD-202 Method 103  
96 hours  
2,000  
5,000  
10,000  
20,000  
25,000  
50,000  
100,000  
200,000  
2.54  
(.100)  
1.40  
(.055)  
3006W  
250,000  
500,000  
1,000,000  
2,000,000  
254  
504  
105  
205  
3.30  
(.130)  
(3% TR, 20 Megohms IR)  
5.08  
(.200)  
5.08  
(.200)  
Vibration............20G (2% TR; 2% VR)  
Shock................50G (2% TR; 2% VR)  
Load Life ....1,000 hours 0.75 watt 70°C  
(4% TR)  
Rotational Life ........................200 cycles  
(3% TR; 1% or 1 ohm,  
12.70  
(.500)  
Popular values listed in boldface. Special  
resistances available.  
SHADED AREAS TYPICALLY NOT STOCKED BY  
DISTRIBUTORS AND NOT RECOMMENDED FOR NEW  
DESIGNS.  
whichever is greater, CRV)  
Physical Characteristics  
3006Y  
1.40  
Torque .............................5.0 oz-in. max.  
Mechanical Stops..................Wiper idles  
Terminals ........................Solderable pins  
Weight ........................................0.04 oz.  
Marking ...........................Manufacturers  
trademark, resistance code,  
(.055)  
2.54  
(.100)  
.64  
(.025)  
17.78  
(.700)  
7.62  
(.300)  
terminal numbers, date code,  
manufacturers model number  
and style  
Wiper Positioning ..............50% nominal  
Flammability ..........................U.L. 94V-0  
Standard Packaging .....25 pcs. per tube  
Adjustment Tool ..............................H-90  
WIPER  
2
CW  
CCW  
3
1
CLOCKWISE  
*”FLUORINERT” IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF 3M CO.  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
TOLERANCES: ± 0.25 (.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED  
METRIC  
DIMENSIONS ARE:  
(INCHES)  
9
Features  
1-1/4” Rectangular / Multiturn  
Wirewound / Industrial / Sealed  
Panel mount option available  
(see page 72 for details)  
3057 - Trimpot® Trimming Potentiometer  
3057L  
Common Dimensions  
3057Y  
Electrical Characteristics  
Standard Resistance Range  
31.75  
(1.25)  
.....................................10 to 50K ohms  
(see standard resistance table)  
Resistance Tolerance ...............±5% std.  
(tighter tolerance available)  
3.18  
(.125 )  
25.4  
(1.000)  
1.47 ± .56  
(.058 ± .022)  
1
2
7.62  
(.300)  
3
Absolute Minimum Resistance  
6.35  
(.250)  
..............................0.1% or 1 ohm max.  
(whichever is greater)  
Noise ......................100 ohms ENR max.  
Resolution.............See Resistance Table  
Insulation Resistance ................500 vdc.  
1,000 megohms min.  
17.78  
(.700)  
ADJ. SLOT  
2.92 ± .38  
(.115 ± .015)  
DIA.  
2.36  
(.093)  
MTG. HOLES (2)  
DIA.  
.64  
(.025)  
WIDE  
X
X
2.54  
(.100)  
.79  
DEEP  
(.031)  
4.83  
(.190)  
.71 ± .03  
(.028 ± .001)  
Dielectric Strength  
DIA. TYP.  
Sea Level ...............................1,500 vac  
70,000 Feet...............................400 vac  
Adjustment Travel .............22 turns nom.  
12.70 ± .79  
(.500 ± .031)  
6.10  
(.240)  
MIN. LENGTH  
TYP.  
6.10  
TYP.  
152.4  
LEADS  
(.240)  
(6.000)  
8.00 ± .38  
(.315 ± .015)  
2.54  
(.100)  
Environmental Characteristics  
Power Rating @ 70°C....................1 watt  
Power Rating @ 150°C..................0 watt  
Temperature Range ......-55°C to +150°C  
Temperature Coefficient .......±50ppm/°C  
Seal Test ........................85°C Fluorinert*  
(pin styles only)  
2.67  
(.105 )  
3.43 ± .38  
(.135 ± .015)  
RED  
WIPER  
2
3057J  
Humidity........MIL-STD-202 Method 106  
96 hours  
GREEN  
CW  
YELLOW  
CCW  
3
1
3.80  
(.150)  
CLOCKWISE  
2% TR, 100 Megohms IR)  
Vibration .................30G (1% TR; 0.5%  
+ resolution VR)  
TOLERANCES: ± 0.25 (.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED  
2
1
3
Shock ...................100G (1% TR; 0.5%  
+ resolution VR)  
Load Life .....1,000 hours 1 watt @ 70°C  
(2% TR)  
METRIC  
(INCHES)  
DIMENSIONS ARE:  
6.35  
(.250)  
7.62  
(.300)  
Rotational Life ........200 cycles (2% TR)  
17.78  
(.700)  
Standard Resistance Table  
.71 ± .03  
DIA. TYP.  
(.028 ± .001)  
Physical Characteristics  
Nominal  
Torque .............................5.0 oz-in. max.  
Mechanical Stops..................Wiper idles  
Terminals .........Solderable pins and lugs  
Flexible leads ......(7 strands of 30 AWG)  
Weight ........................................0.10 oz.  
Marking .........Manufacturers trademark,  
resistance code, terminal numbers,  
date code, manufacturers model  
number and style  
Wiper ...............................Set at CW end  
Flammability...........................U.L. 94V-0  
Standard Packaging  
P&Y Style ....................10 pcs. per tube  
L&J Style ......................25 pcs. per bag  
Adjustment Tool ..............................H-90  
Resistance  
(Ohms)  
Resistance  
Code  
Resolution  
(Percent)  
2.54  
(.100)  
10  
100  
200  
500  
101  
201  
501  
102  
202  
502  
103  
203  
503  
2.40  
1.90  
1.40  
1.00  
0.86  
0.89  
0.72  
0.58  
0.43  
0.34  
0.31  
0.24  
20  
3057P  
50  
100  
.71 ± .03  
(.028 ± .001)  
DIA. TYP.  
200  
500  
1,000  
2,000  
5,000  
10,000  
20,000  
50,000  
2
1
3
17.78  
(.700)  
6.60  
12.70 ± .79  
(.260) (.500 ± .031)  
22.86  
(.900)  
Popular values listed in boldface. Special  
resistances available.  
How To Order  
SHADED AREAS TYPICALLY NOT STOCKED BY  
DISTRIBUTORS AND NOT RECOMMENDED FOR NEW  
DESIGNS.  
3057 L - 1 - 103 M  
Model  
Style  
*”FLUORINERT” IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF 3M CO.  
Standard or Modified  
Product Indicator  
-1 = Standard Product  
Resistance Code  
Optional Suffix Letter  
M = Panel Mount  
(Factory Installed)  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
10  
Features  
1-1/4” Rectangular / Multiturn  
Cermet / Industrial / Sealed  
Panel mount option available  
(see page 72 for details)  
3059 - Trimpot® Trimming Potentiometer  
3059Y  
3059L  
Common Dimensions  
Electrical Characteristics  
Standard Resistance Range  
31.75  
(1.25)  
..................................10 to 2 megohms  
(see standard resistance table)  
Resistance Tolerance .............±10% std.  
(tighter tolerance available)  
Absolute Minimum Resistance  
...............................1% or 2 ohms max.  
(whichever is greater)  
Contact Resistance Variation  
..............................1.0% or 1 ohm max.  
(whichever is greater)  
3.18  
(.125)  
25.4  
(1.000)  
1.47 ± .56  
(.058 ± .022)  
1
2
7.62  
(.300)  
3
6.60  
(.260)  
ADJ. SLOT  
2.92 ± .38  
(.115 ± .015)  
17.78  
(.700)  
2.54  
(.100)  
DIA.  
.64  
(.025)  
2.36  
(.093)  
WIDE  
X
X
DIA.  
.79  
MTG. HOLES (2)  
DEEP  
(.031)  
4.83  
(.190)  
Adjustability  
.71 ± .03  
(.028 ± .001)  
6.10  
(.240)  
MIN. LENGTH  
DIA. TYP.  
Voltage ......................................±0.01%  
Resistance ................................±0.05%  
Resolution.....................................Infinite  
Insulation Resistance ................500 vdc.  
1,000 megohms min.  
TYP.  
12.70 ± .79  
(.500 ± .031)  
6.10  
TYP.  
.240  
152.4  
LEADS  
(6.000)  
8.00 ± .38  
(.315 ± .015)  
2.54  
(.100)  
Dielectric Strength  
2.67 ± .25  
(.105 ± .010)  
Sea Level ..................................900 vac  
70,000 Feet...............................350 vac  
Effective Travel..................22 turns nom.  
3.43 ± .38  
(.135 ± .015)  
RED  
WIPER  
2
3059J  
Environmental Characteristics  
3.80  
(.150)  
GREEN  
CW  
YELLOW  
3
1
Power Rating @ 70°C (400 volts max.)  
..................................................1.0 watt  
Power Rating @ 150°C.................0 watt  
Temperature Range ......-55°C to +150°C  
Temperature Coefficient .....±100ppm/°C  
Seal Test ........................85°C Fluorinert*  
(pin styles only)  
CCW  
CLOCKWISE  
2
1
3
TOLERANCES: ± 0.25 (.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED  
METRIC  
(INCHES)  
DIMENSIONS ARE:  
7.62  
(.300)  
6.60  
(.260)  
17.78  
(.700)  
Humidity........MIL-STD-202 Method 106  
(2% TR, 10 Megohms IR)  
Standard Resistance Table  
Vibration............20G (1% TR; 1% VR)  
Shock................50G (1% TR; 1% VR)  
Load Life ..1,000 hours 1.0 watt @ 70°C  
(3% TR; 1% or 1 ohms,  
whichever is greater, CRV)  
Rotational Life ........................200 cycles  
(2% TR; 1% or 1 ohm,  
Resistance  
(Ohms)  
Resistance  
Code  
.71 ± .03  
(.028 ± .001)  
DIA. TYP.  
10  
20  
50  
100  
200  
500  
1,000  
2,000  
5,000  
10,000  
20,000  
25,000  
50,000  
100,000  
200,000  
250,000  
500,000  
1,000,000  
2,000,000  
100  
200  
500  
101  
201  
501  
102  
202  
502  
103  
203  
253  
503  
104  
204  
254  
504  
105  
205  
2.54  
(.100)  
3059P  
whichever is greater, CRV)  
Physical Characteristics  
Torque .............................5.0 oz-in. max.  
Mechanical Stops..................Wiper idles  
Terminals .Solderable printed circuit pins  
Flexible leads ......(7 strands of 30 AWG)  
Weight ..........................................0.1 oz.  
Marking .........Manufacturers trademark,  
......................resistance code, terminal  
....numbers, date code, manufacturers  
....................... model number and style  
Wiper ...............................Set at CW end  
Flammability...........................U.L. 94V-0  
Standard Packaging  
2
1
3
17.78  
(.700)  
6.60  
12.70 ± .79  
(.260) (.500 ± .031)  
22.86  
(.900)  
.71 ± .03  
(.028 ± .001)  
DIA. TYP.  
How To Order  
Popular values listed in boldface. Special  
resistances available.  
3059 L - 1 - 103 M  
Model  
Style  
SHADED AREAS TYPICALLY NOT STOCKED BY  
DISTRIBUTORS AND NOT RECOMMENDED FOR NEW  
DESIGNS.  
Standard or Modified  
Product Indicator  
P&Y Styles ..................10 pcs. per tube  
L&J Styles ....................25 pcs. per bag  
Adjustment Tool ..............................H-90  
-1 = Standard Product  
Resistance Code  
Optional Suffix Letter  
*”FLUORINERT” IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF 3M CO.  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
M = Panel Mount  
(Factory Installed)  
11  
4mm design meets EIA/EIAJ/IPC/VRCI  
SMD standard trimmer footprint  
Features  
Surface Mount 4mm Square / Multiturn  
Cermet / Industrial / Sealed  
Top and side adjust styles  
J-hook, and gull-wing  
Sealed to withstand board wash  
processing  
Patent #5047746 advanced drive/wiper  
mechanism  
Pick and place centering design, with  
flush adjustment  
3214 - 5-Turn Trimming Potentiometer  
Electrical Characteristics  
3214G Side Adjust  
3214J Side Adjust  
Standard Resistance Range  
1.52  
(.060)  
1.52  
DIA.  
DIA.  
1
1
(.060)  
1.17  
(.046)  
2
1.17  
(.046)  
....................................10 to 2 megohm  
(see standard resistance table)  
Resistance Tolerance .............±10% std.  
Absolute Minimum Resistance  
.....................................1% or 2.0 ohms  
(whichever is greater)  
2
4.8  
(.189)  
4.8  
(.189)  
2.41  
(.095)  
2.79  
(.102)  
2.79  
(.110)  
3
2.24  
2.4  
(.095)  
3
2.24  
(.088)  
(.088)  
Contact Resistance Variation  
...............................3% or 3 ohms max.  
Resolution...................Essentially Infinite  
Insulation Resistance ................500 vdc.  
100 megohms min.  
Dielectric Strength  
Sea Level ..................600 vac (1minute)  
Adjustment Angle ...............5 turns nom.  
5.0  
(.197)  
5.82  
(.229)  
ADJUSTMENT SLOT  
ADJUSTMENT SLOT  
0.56  
WIDE  
(.022)  
4.57  
(.180)  
0.56  
WIDE  
(.022)  
4.57  
(.180)  
.51  
(.020)  
DEEP  
X
.51  
(.020)  
DEEP  
X
3.7  
(.146)  
3.91  
(.154)  
0.8  
(.0031)  
0.2  
(.008)  
0.2  
.008  
Environmental Characteristics  
0.61  
(.024)  
TYP.  
2
1.27  
(.050)  
Power Rating (300 volts max.)  
85°C .......................................0.25 watt  
150°C ..........................................0 watt  
Temperature Range ......-65°C to +150°C  
Temperature Coefficient .....±100ppm/°C  
Humidity ........MIL-STD 202 Method 106  
TRS ±2% ; IR 10 megohms  
Vibration ..........20G TRS±1% ; VRS ±1%  
Shock ............100G TRS ±1% ; VRS±1%  
Load Life  
TYP.  
TYP.  
5.2  
(.078)  
1.3  
(.051)  
4.0  
(.157)  
1.2  
(.047)  
3 PLCS.  
(.205)  
2.0  
2.0  
(.079)  
(.079)  
2.3  
2.3  
(.091)  
1.3  
(.051)  
0.80  
(.031)  
2 PLCS.  
(.091)  
1.27  
(.050)  
0.80  
(.031)  
2 PLCS.  
2 PLCS.  
1.27  
(.050)  
SQ. 2 PLCS.  
..........@ 85°C rated power 1,000 hours  
TRS 3 ohms or 3%  
(whichever is greater)  
Rotational Cycling..................200 cycles  
TRS 3 ohms or 3%  
(whichever is greater)  
Thermal Shock...........................5 cycles  
TRS±2% ; VRS±1%  
3214W Top Adjust  
WIPER  
2
3.9  
(.154)  
1.3  
(.051)  
5.1  
(.201)  
3.5  
CW  
CCW  
3
1
1
(.138)  
1.2  
CLOCKWISE  
(.047)  
4.8  
2.54  
(.189)  
(.100)  
2
Physical Characteristics  
TOLERANCES: ± 0.25 (.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED  
1.52 DIA.  
(.060)  
Mechanical Stop ...................Wiper idles  
Torque ..............................180g-cm max.  
Weight ................Approximately 0.01 oz.  
Marking .................Manufacturers code,  
resistance code and date code  
Solderability ..............Per MIL-STD-202,  
Method 208  
Wiper ......................Set at 50% nominal  
Flammability ..............................UL94V0  
Pushover Strength ..2 Kilograms (4.4lbs)  
Adjustment Tool ..............................H-91  
3
2.6  
(.102)  
METRIC  
(INCHES)  
DIMENSIONS ARE:  
1.0  
(.039)  
3 PLCS.  
ADJUSTMENT SLOT  
5.3  
(.209)  
0.56  
WIDE  
(.022)  
0.9  
(.035)  
How To Order  
.51  
(.020)  
DEEP  
X
3214 J - 1 - 502 E  
Model  
Style  
1.2  
(.047)  
1.3  
(.051)  
2 PLCS.  
0.2  
.008  
Standard or Modified  
Product Indicator  
-1 = Standard Product - IR Reflow  
* -2 = Wave Solderable  
2.9  
(.114)  
2.0  
(.079)  
Resistance Code  
1.6  
(.063)  
3 PLCS.  
Embossed Tape Designator  
Style J, G: 500 pcs./7” reel (standard)  
Style W: 250 pcs./7” reel (standard)  
2.54  
(.100)  
0.8  
(.031)  
2 PLCS.  
Consult factory for other available options.  
* -2 has a treated stainless steel shaft  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
12  
3214 - Packaging Specifications  
Packaging Specifications  
Standard Resistance Table  
Packaging Specifications  
(J & G Styles)  
(W Style)  
Resistance  
(Ohms)  
Resistance  
Code  
.04  
(.002)  
5.75  
(.226)  
MAX.  
MAX.  
10  
20  
50  
100  
200  
500  
.04  
(.002)  
MAX.  
4.5  
MAX.  
(.177)  
100  
101  
201  
501  
102  
202  
502  
103  
203  
503  
104  
5.52 ± .05  
200  
(.217 ± .002)  
500  
7.50 ± .05  
(.295 ± .002)  
1,000  
2,000  
5,000  
10,000  
20,000  
50,000  
100,000  
5.56 ± .10  
(.219 ± .004)  
6.25 ± .10  
(J)  
1.5 + .10/ –.00  
(.059 + .004/ –.000)  
DIA.  
1.5 + .10/ –.00  
(.059 + .004/ –.000)  
(G)  
DIA.  
(.246 ± .004)  
4.00 ± .10  
(.157 ± .004)  
5.32 ± .10  
(.209 ± .004)  
4.00 ± .10  
(.157 ± .004)  
200,000  
204  
504  
105  
205  
5.10 ± .10  
(.201 ± .039)  
500,000  
2.00 ± .05  
(.079 ± .002)  
1,000,000  
2,000,000  
4.50 ± .10  
(.177 ± .039)  
2.00 ± .05  
(.079 ± .002)  
Popular values listed in boldface. Special  
resistances available.  
8.00 ± .20  
(.315 ± .008)  
SHADED AREAS TYPICALLY NOT STOCKED BY  
DISTRIBUTORS AND NOT RECOMMENDED FOR NEW  
DESIGNS.  
12.00 ± .20  
(.472 ± .008)  
1.75 ± .10  
(.069 ± .004)  
1.75 ± .10  
(.069 ± .004)  
12.00 ± .30  
16.00 ± .30  
(.472 ± .012)  
(.630 ± .012)  
TAPE  
TAPE  
1.78 ± .25  
(.070 ± .010)  
EQUAL SPACED  
3 PLCS.  
1.78 ± .25  
(.070 ± .010)  
EQUAL SPACED  
3 PLCS.  
21.01 ± .79  
(.827 ± .031)  
DIA.  
13.0 ± .51  
(.512 ± .020)  
21.01 ± .79  
(.827 ± .031)  
DIA.  
DIA.  
2.67 ± .25  
(.105 ± .010)  
2.67 ± .25  
(.105 ± .010)  
13.0 ± .508  
(.512 ± .020)  
DIA.  
59.18 ± 2.03  
(2.330 ± .080)  
59.18 ± 2.03  
(2.330 ± .080)  
178  
(7.008 ± .079)  
±
2.0  
DIA.  
177.8 ± 2.03  
(7.000 ± .080)  
12.4 + 2.01/ -.000  
(.488 + .079/ -.000)  
16.4 + 1.81/ -.000  
(.646 ± .071/ -.000)  
REEL  
REEL  
Cover tape peel strength:  
Meets EIA specification 481.  
Cover tape peel strength:  
Meets EIA specification 481.  
Units packaged 500 pieces per reel.  
Units packaged 250 pieces per reel.  
13  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
4mm design meets EIA/EIAJ/IPC/VRCI  
SMD standard trimmer footprint  
Features  
Surface Mount 4mm Square / Multiturn  
Cermet / Industrial / Sealed  
Low CRV - 1%  
DESC selected material drawing #92021  
Sealed to withstand board wash  
processing  
Pick and place centering design, with  
flush adjustment  
3224 - 4mm SMD Trimming Potentiometer  
3224J Side Adjust  
3224G Side Adjust  
Electrical Characteristics  
1.52  
DIA.  
1.52  
DIA.  
1
Standard Resistance Range  
....................................10 to 2 megohm  
(see standard resistance table)  
Resistance Tolerance .............±10% std.  
Absolute Minimum Resistance  
1
(.060)  
1.2  
(.060)  
2
1.2  
2
(.047)  
(.047)  
4.8  
(.189)  
4.8  
(.189)  
.....................................1% or 2.0 ohms  
(whichever is greater)  
Contact Resistance Variation  
2.4  
(.094)  
2.74  
(.108)  
2.6  
(.102)  
2.4  
(.094)  
3
2.3  
(.090)  
3
2.3  
(.090)  
...............................1% or 3 ohms max.  
Resolution...................Essentially Infinite  
Insulation Resistance ................500 vdc.  
6.0  
(.236)  
4.57  
5.0  
(.197)  
4.6  
ADJUSTMENT SLOT  
ADJUSTMENT SLOT  
0.56  
WIDE  
(.022)  
0.56  
WIDE  
(.022)  
(.180)  
(.181)  
100 megohms min.  
.51  
.51  
(.020)  
DEEP  
X
Dielectric Strength  
DEEP  
X
(.020)  
3.7  
(.146)  
3.91  
(.154)  
Sea Level ..................600 vac (1minute)  
Adjustment Angle .............11 turns nom.  
0.8  
(.031)  
0.2  
(.008)  
0.2  
(.008)  
Environmental Characteristics  
0.61  
(.024)  
1.27  
TYP.  
TYP.  
2.0  
(.079)  
Power Rating (300 volts max.)  
TYP.  
(.050)  
85°C .......................................0.25 watt  
150°C ..........................................0 watt  
Temperature Range ......-65°C to +150°C  
Temperature Coefficient .....±100ppm/°C  
Humidity ........MIL-STD 202 Method 106  
TRS ±2% ; IR 10 megohms  
Vibration ..........20G TRS±1% ; VRS ±1%  
Shock ............100G TRS ±1% ; VRS±1%  
Load Life  
..........@ 85°C rated power 1,000 hours  
TRS 3 ohms or 3% (whichever is greater)  
Rotational Cycling..................200 cycles  
TRS 3 ohms or 3% (whichever is greater)  
Thermal Shock...........................5 cycles  
TRS±2% ; VRS±1%  
1.3  
(.050)  
5.2  
(.205)  
1.3  
(.050)  
4.0  
(.157)  
2 PLCS.  
2.0  
(.079)  
2.0  
(.079)  
2.3  
(.090)  
0.9  
(.034)  
2 PLCS.  
2.3  
(.090)  
1.3  
(.050)  
0.9  
(.034)  
1.27  
(.050)  
2 PLCS.  
1.3  
2 PLCS.  
2 PLCS.  
(.051)  
3224W Top Adjust  
3224X Top Adjust  
.80  
3.9  
(.155)  
2.54  
2 PLCS  
(.031)  
(.100)  
1.3  
5.1  
5.1  
3.5  
(.138)  
3.5  
(.138)  
(.051)  
(.201)  
(.201)  
1
1
Physical Characteristics  
1.3  
1.2  
(.047)  
(.051)  
Mechanical Stop ...................Wiper idles  
Torque ..............................180g-cm max.  
Weight ................Approximately 0.01 oz.  
Marking .................Manufacturers code,  
resistance code and date code  
Solderability ..............Per MIL-STD-202,  
Method 208  
Wiper ......................Set at 50% nominal  
Flammability ..............................UL94V0  
Adjustment Tool ..............................H-91  
4.8  
4.8  
(.189)  
2.54  
(.100)  
(.189)  
2
2
1.52  
(.060)  
1.2  
DIA.  
3
(.047)  
2.6  
(.102)  
1.0  
(.039)  
5.3  
ADJUSTMENT SLOT  
1.0  
(.039)  
3 PLCS.  
3 PLCS.  
0.56  
WIDE  
(.022)  
ADJUSTMENT SLOT  
3.9  
(.155)  
5.3  
(.209)  
(.209)  
.51  
(.020)  
0.56  
WIDE  
(.022)  
DEEP  
X
0.9  
(.035)  
.51  
(.020)  
DEEP  
X
How To Order  
5.7  
3224 J - 1 - 502 E  
(.225)  
Model  
Style  
0.2  
(.008)  
1.2  
(.047)  
1.32  
(.052)  
1.3  
(.051)  
2 PLCS.  
2 PLCS.  
0.2  
(.008)  
5.1  
(.200)  
Standard or Modified  
Product Indicator  
-1 = Standard Product - IR Reflow  
* -2 = Wave Solderable  
2.9  
(.114)  
2.0  
(.079)  
2.0  
(.079)  
-FW5 = .070” ± .010” Shaft Extension  
1.6  
TYP.  
1.9  
(.074)  
Resistance Code  
(.063)  
2.54  
(.100)  
TYP.  
0.80  
(.031)  
0.80  
(.031)  
2 PLCS.  
2 PLCS.  
Embossed Tape Designator  
2.54  
(.100)  
Style J, G: 500 pcs./7” reel (standard)  
Style W: 250 pcs./7” reel (standard)  
Consult factory for other available options.  
* -2 has a treated stainless steel shaft  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
14  
Additional Features  
Top and side adjust styles  
J-hook, and gull-wing  
Patent #5047746 advanced drive/wiper  
mechanism  
3224 - Packaging Specifications  
J & G Styles  
W Style  
X Style  
8.60  
(.339)  
6.10 ± .10  
(.240 ± .004)  
MAX  
5.75  
(.226)  
.04  
(.002)  
MAX.  
MAX.  
.04  
(.002)  
MAX.  
.3  
MAX  
(.002)  
4.5  
(.177)  
MAX.  
5.52 ± .05  
(.217 ± .002)  
7.50 ± .05  
(.295 ± .002)  
7.50 ± .10  
(.295 ± .004)  
5.56 ± .10  
(.219 ± .004)  
6.25 ± .10  
(J)  
1.5 + .10/ –.00  
(.059 + .004/ –.000)  
DIA.  
1.5 + .10/ –.00  
(.059 + .004/ –.000)  
1.5 + .10/ –.00  
(.059 + .004/ –.000)  
DIA.  
DIA.  
(G)  
(.246 ± .004)  
5.32 ± .10  
4.00 ± .10  
(.157 ± .004)  
(.209 ± .004)  
4.00 ± .10  
(.157 ± .004)  
4.00 ± .10  
(.157 ± .004)  
6.70 ± .10  
(.264 ± .004)  
5.10 ± .10  
(.201 ± .039)  
4.50 ± .10  
(.177 ± .039)  
2.00 ± .05  
(.079 ± .002)  
2.00 ± .05  
(.079 ± .002)  
2.00 ± .005  
(.079 ± .002)  
12.00 ± .30  
(.472 ± .012)  
8.00 ± .20  
(.315 ± .008)  
12.00 ± .20  
(.472 ± .008)  
1.75 ± .10  
1.75 ± .10  
(.069 ± .004)  
(.069 ± .004)  
1.75 ± .10  
(.069 ± .004)  
5.70 ± .10  
(.224 ± .004)  
12.00 ± .30  
(.472 ± .012)  
16.00 ± .30  
(.630 ± .012)  
16.0 ± 0.30  
(.630 ± .012)  
TAPE  
TAPE  
TAPE  
W & X Style Reel  
1.78 ± .25  
(.070 ± .010)  
EQUAL SPACED  
3 PLCS.  
1.78 ± .25  
EQUAL SPACED  
3 PLCS.  
(.070 ± .010)  
21.01 ± .79  
(.827 ± .031)  
DIA.  
13.0 ± .51  
(.512 ± .020)  
21.01 ± .79  
(.827 ± .031)  
DIA.  
DIA.  
2.67 ± .25  
(.105 ± .010)  
2.67 ± .25  
(.105 ± .010)  
13.0 ± .508  
DIA.  
Standard Resistance Table  
(.512 ± .020)  
Resistance  
(Ohms)  
Resistance  
Code  
59.18 ± 2.03  
10  
20  
50  
100  
200  
500  
(2.330 ± .080)  
59.18 ± 2.03  
(2.330 ± .080)  
100  
101  
201  
501  
102  
202  
502  
103  
203  
503  
104  
200  
500  
1,000  
2,000  
5,000  
10,000  
20,000  
50,000  
100,000  
178  
(7.008 ± .079)  
±
2.0  
DIA.  
177.8 ± 2.03  
(7.000 ± .080)  
12.4 + 2.01/ -.000  
(.488 + .079/ -.000)  
16.4 + 1.81/ -.000  
(.646 ± .071/ -.000)  
REEL  
REEL  
Cover tape peel strength:  
Meets EIA specification 481.  
Cover tape peel strength:  
Meets EIA specification 481.  
200,000  
204  
504  
105  
205  
500,000  
1,000,000  
2,000,000  
Units packaged 250 pieces per reel. (w)  
Units packaged 200 pieces per reel. (x)  
Units packaged 500 pieces per reel.  
Popular values listed in boldface. Special  
resistances available.  
TOLERANCES: ± 0.25 (.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED  
WIPER  
2
SHADED AREAS TYPICALLY NOT STOCKED BY  
DISTRIBUTORS AND NOT RECOMMENDED FOR NEW  
DESIGNS.  
METRIC  
DIMENSIONS ARE:  
CW  
CCW  
3
1
(INCHES)  
CLOCKWISE  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
15  
Features  
Multiturn / Wirewound / Sealed  
Listed on the QPL for style RT22 per  
MIL-R-27208 and RTR22 per  
High-Rel MIL-R-39015  
Panel Mount option available  
(see page 73 for details)  
3250/RT22/RTR22 - 1/2” Square Trimming Potentiometer  
3250P/RT22/RTR22 Common Dimensions  
(Pin Styles)  
Electrical Characteristics  
Standard Resistance Range  
RED  
WIPER  
2
1.98  
(.078)  
DIA. THRU  
(2 PLACES)  
3250 .....................................10 to 50K ohms  
RT22 .....................................50 to 20K ohms  
RTR22 ................................500 to 20K ohms  
(see standard resistance table)  
Resistance Tolerance ........................±5% std.  
(tighter tolerance available)  
GREEN  
CW  
YELLOW  
CCW  
3
1
CLOCKWISE  
ADJ. SLOT  
2.03 ± .38  
(.080 ± .015)  
DIA.  
13.21  
TYP.  
(.520)  
.64  
(.024)  
How To Order  
WIDE  
X
X
Absolute Minimum Resistance  
12.7  
TYP.  
3250 L - 1 - 103 M  
3.1  
.......0.1% or 1 ohm max. (whichever is greater)  
Noise...............................100 ohms ENR max.  
Resolution .....................See Resistance Table  
Insulation Resistance .........................500 vdc.  
1,000 megohms min.  
DEEP  
(.122)  
(.500)  
.89  
Model  
Style  
(.035)  
TYP.  
2.54  
(.100)  
2.54  
(.100)  
6.35  
Standard or Modified  
Product Indicator  
1.78  
(.070)  
TYP.  
Dielectric Strength  
5.59  
-1 = Standard Product  
.71 ± .08  
Sea Level........................................1,000 vac  
80,000 Feet .......................................400 vac  
Adjustment Travel......................25 turns nom.  
(.220)  
DIA. TYP.  
(.028 ± .003)  
Resistance Code  
(.250)  
3
Optional Suffix Letter  
12.7  
(.500)  
TYP.  
M = Panel Mount  
2
Environmental Characteristics  
Power Rating @ 85°C  
(Factory Installed)  
1
3250 ..................................................1.0 watt  
RT22/RTR22 ...................................0.75 watt  
Power Rating @ 150°C ..........................0 watt  
Temperature Range...............-65°C to +150°C  
Temperature Coefficient  
3250 ............................................±50ppm/°C  
RT22/RTR22................................±50ppm/°C  
Seal Test .......85°C Fluorinert* (pin styles only)  
Humidity ................MIL-STD-202 Method 106  
3250 ..................(2% TR; 100 Megohms IR)  
RT22....................(1% TR; 10 Megohms IR)  
RTR22 ...............(1% TR; 100 Megohms IR)  
Vibration ....................................................30G  
(1% TR; 0.5% + resolution VR)  
Shock ......................................................100G  
(1% TR; 0.5% + resolution VR)  
Load Life  
3250 ................1,000 hours 1.0 watt @ 85°C  
(2% TR; 500 ohms ENR)  
RT22 .............1,000 hours 0.75 watt @ 85°C  
(2% TR; 2% + resolution VR)  
2.54  
(.100)  
See page 80 for RT22/RTR22 ordering  
information.  
13.33 ± .64  
(.525 ± .025)  
6.35  
(.250)  
Consult factory for other available options.  
3250W/RT22/RTR22  
2.79  
(.110)  
3
2
1
Standard Resistance Table  
6.35  
(.250)  
Nominal  
Resistance  
Code  
2.54  
(.100)  
2.54  
(.100)  
Resistance  
(Ohms)  
Resolution  
(Percent)  
10  
20  
50  
100  
200  
500  
1.30  
1.00  
0.80  
3250W-66/RT22X/RTR22X  
2.79  
(.110)  
3
2
100  
200  
101  
201  
501  
102  
202  
502  
103  
203  
0.90  
0.70  
0.60  
0.40  
0.30  
0.25  
0.19  
0.16  
1
500  
1,000  
2,000  
5,000  
10,000  
20,000  
6.35  
(.250)  
2.54  
(.100)  
2.54  
(.100)  
RTR22 .........10,000 hours 0.75 watt @ 85°C  
(3% TR; 2% + resolution TR)  
Rotational Life.................................200 cycles  
3250 .....................(2% TR; 500 ohms ENR)  
RT22/RTR22 ...................................(2% TR)  
"L" Flex Lead Type  
RT22 has mounting slots  
RTR22 has mounting holes  
25,000  
50,000  
253  
503  
0.14  
0.13  
13.21  
(.520)  
TYP.  
Popular values listed in boldface. Special  
resistances available.  
Physical Characteristics  
2.36  
(.093)  
DIA. THRU  
(2 PLACES)  
SHADED AREAS TYPICALLY NOT STOCKED BY  
DISTRIBUTORS AND NOT RECOMMENDED FOR NEW  
DESIGNS.  
Torque ......................................5.0 oz-in. max.  
Mechanical Stops ..........................Wiper idles  
Terminals  
3250..............Solderable printed circuit pins  
Flexible leads (7 strands of 30 AWG)  
RT22/RTR22 .......MIL-STD-202; Method 208  
Weight .................................................0.06 oz.  
Machine Screw Mounting  
Torque .....................................12 oz-in. max.  
Marking  
3250.....................Manufacturers trademark,  
resistance code, terminal numbers,  
date code, manufacturers model  
.89  
(.035)  
TYP.  
12.70  
TYP.  
(.500)  
1.40  
(.055)  
152.4  
(6.00)  
LENGTH  
MIN.  
4.75  
(.187)  
1.52  
(.060)  
12.7  
(.500)  
TYP.  
number and style  
RT22/RTR22 ..............Mil-spec part number  
Wiper ........................................Set at CW end  
Flammability....................................U.L. 94V-0  
Standard Packaging  
P&W Styles ..........................25 pcs. per tube  
L Style...................................25 pcs. per bag  
Adjustment Tool.......................................H-90  
TOLERANCES: ± 0.25 (.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED  
METRIC  
DIMENSIONS ARE:  
(INCHES)  
*”FLUORINERT” IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF 3M CO.  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
16  
Features  
Multiturn / Cermet / Sealed  
Listed on the QPL for style RJ22 per  
MIL-R-22097  
Panel mount option available  
(see page 73 for details)  
3252/RJ22 - 1/2” Square Trimming Potentiometer  
3252L/RJ 22  
Electrical Characteristics  
Machine Screw Mounting  
Standard Resistance Range  
Torque...................................12 oz-in. max.  
Marking  
2.36  
TYP.  
3252 ..............................10 to 2 megohms  
RJ22................................10 to 1 megohm  
(see standard resistance table)  
Resistance Tolerance .................±10% std.  
.......................(tighter tolerance available)  
Absolute Minimum Resistance  
3252...........................1% or 2 ohms max.  
(whichever is greater)  
RJ22 .......................................1 ohm max.  
Contact Resistance Variation  
(.093)  
13.21  
(.520)  
3252 ................Manufacturers trademark,  
resistance code, wiring diagram,  
date code, manufacturers model  
number and style  
RJ22 .......................Mil-spec part number  
Standard Packaging  
X, P&W Styles .................25 pcs. per tube  
L Style ..............................25 pcs. per bag  
Adjustment Tool ..................................H-90  
1.52  
(.060)  
12.70  
(.500)  
.89  
(.035)  
TYP.  
152.4  
(6.00)  
LENGTH  
MIN.  
4.75  
(.187)  
12.70  
(.500)  
1.52  
(.060)  
3252...........................1% or 2 ohms max.  
(whichever is greater)  
RJ22 ..........................2% or 2 ohms max.  
(whichever is greater)  
Adjustability  
How To Order  
3252 L - 1 - 103 M  
3252X/RJ 22  
2.54  
(.100)  
5.59  
(.220)  
Voltage..........................................±0.01%  
Resistance ....................................±0.05%  
Resolution.........................................Infinite  
Insulation Resistance ....................500 vdc.  
1,000 megohms min.  
Model  
Style  
1.78  
(.070)  
3
2.54  
(.100)  
1
2
Standard or Modified  
Product Indicator  
-1 = Standard Product  
6.35  
(.250)  
Dielectric Strength  
Resistance Code  
Sea Level ...................................1,000 vac  
80,000 Feet...................................400 vac  
Effective Travel......................25 turns nom.  
Optional Suffix Letter  
M = Panel Mount (Factory Installed)  
See page 81 for RJ22 ordering information.  
Consult factory for other available options.  
Environmental Characteristics  
Power Rating @ 85°C (400 volts max.)  
3252 ...........................................0.75 watt  
RJ22 ...........................................0.50 watt  
Power Rating @ 150°C......................0 watt  
Temperature Range ..........-65°C to +150°C  
Temperature Coefficient .........±100ppm/°C  
Seal Test ............................85°C Fluorinert*  
(pin styles only)  
RED  
WIPER  
2
GREEN  
CW  
YELLOW  
CCW  
3
1
3252P/RJ 22  
Common Dimensions  
(Pin Styles)  
CLOCKWISE  
12.7  
(.500)  
TYP.  
TOLERANCES: ± 0.25 (.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED  
ADJ. SLOT  
2.03 ± .38  
(.080 ± .015)  
Humidity  
DIA.  
METRIC  
(INCHES)  
DIMENSIONS ARE:  
3252 ..............MIL-STD-202 Method 103;  
96 hours (1% TR; 100 Megohms IR)  
RJ22 ................MIL-STD-202 Method 106  
(1% TR; 10 Megohms IR)  
.64  
(.025)  
13.21  
TYP.  
WIDE  
X
(.520)  
.50  
DEEP  
(.020)  
X
1.98  
DIA. THRU  
(.078)  
12.7  
(.500)  
(2 PLACES)  
Vibration  
Standard Resistance Table  
TYP.  
3252 ....................30G (1% TR; 1% VR)  
RJ22....................20G (1% TR; 1% VR)  
Shock..................100G (1% TR; 1% VR)  
Load Life  
3252 .........1,000 hours 0.75 watt @ 85°C  
(3% TR; 3% or 3 ohms,  
whichever is greater, CRV)  
RJ22 ...........1,000 hours 0.5 watt @ 85°C  
(2% TR; 1% VR)  
1.78  
(.070)  
TYP.  
Resistance  
(Ohms)  
Resistance  
Code  
2.54  
(.100)  
.71 ± .08  
(.028 ± .003)  
DIA. TYP.  
5.59  
(.220)  
1
2.54  
(.100)  
3
10  
100  
200  
500  
101  
201  
501  
102  
202  
502  
103  
203  
253  
503  
104  
204  
504  
105  
205  
20  
50  
1.52  
(.060)  
2
100  
200  
500  
1,000  
2,000  
5,000  
10,000  
20,000  
25,000  
50,000  
100,000  
200,000  
500,000  
1,000,000  
2,000,000  
2.54  
(.100)  
6.35  
(.250)  
6.35  
(.250)  
Rotational Life ............................200 cycles  
3252 ..................(2% TR; 3% or 3 ohms,  
whichever is greater, CRV)  
13.34 ± .64  
(.525 ± .025)  
RJ22.............................................2% TR  
2.79  
(.110)  
2.54  
(.100)  
3252W/RJ 22  
5.59  
(.220)  
Physical Characteristics  
2.54  
(.100)  
3
1
2
Torque..................................5.0 oz-in. max.  
Mechanical Stops......................Wiper idles  
Terminals  
3252 ..........Solderable printed circuit pins  
RJ22 ...............MIL-STD-202; Method 208  
Flexible leads ..........(7 strands of 30 AWG)  
Weight ..........................................0.065 oz.  
Wiper ...................................Set at CW end  
Flammability...............................U.L. 94V-0  
Popular values listed in boldface. Special  
resistances available.  
6.35  
(.250)  
SHADED AREAS TYPICALLY NOT STOCKED BY  
DISTRIBUTORS AND NOT RECOMMENDED FOR NEW  
DESIGNS.  
*”FLUORINERT” IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF 3M CO.  
17  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
Features  
Multiturn / Wirewound / Industrial /  
Sealed  
Listed on the QPL for style RT26 per  
MIL-R-27208  
3260/RT26 - 1/4” Square Trimming Potentiometer  
Electrical Characteristics  
Physical Characteristics  
3260W/RT26  
1.27  
(.050)  
Standard Resistance Range  
Torque..................................3.0 oz-in. max.  
3260 .................................10 to 25K ohms  
RT26 ..................................10 to 5K ohms  
(see standard resistance table)  
Mechanical Stops......................Wiper idles  
Terminals  
3260 ..........Solderable printed circuit pins  
1
2
3
Resistance Tolerance ...................±5% std.  
(tighter tolerance available)  
Absolute Minimum Resistance  
RT26...............MIL-STD-202; Method 208  
Weight ..........................................0.015 oz.  
Marking  
6.35 ± .51  
(.250 ± .020)  
4.32 ± .38  
1.27  
(.050)  
(.170 ± .015)  
3260..........................0.1% or 1 ohm max.  
(whichever is greater)  
3260 ................Manufacturers trademark,  
resistance code, wiring diagram,  
RT26 .......................0.25% or 1 ohm max.  
(whichever is greater)  
date code, manufacturers model  
number and style  
.89  
(.035)  
Noise ..........................100 ohms ENR max.  
Resolution...................See resistance table  
Insulation Resistance ....................500 vdc.  
.................................1,000 megohms min.  
Dielectric Strength  
Sea Level ......................................600 vac  
80,000 Feet...................................250 vac  
Adjustment Angle..................11 turns nom.  
RT26 .......................Mil-spec part number  
Wiper ...................................Set at CW end  
Flammability.................................UL 94V-0  
Standard Packaging .........50 pcs. per tube  
Adjustment Tool ..................................H-90  
WIPER  
2
How To Order  
CW  
CCW  
3
1
CLOCKWISE  
3260 H - 1 - 502  
Model  
Style  
Environmental Characteristics  
TOLERANCES: ± 0.25 (.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED  
Power Rating  
85°C ...........................................0.25 watt  
150°C ..............................................0 watt  
Temperature Range  
3260................................-65°C to +150°C  
RT26 ...............................-55°C to +150°C  
Temperature Coefficient  
Standard or Modified  
Product Indicator  
METRIC  
(INCHES)  
DIMENSIONS ARE:  
-1 = Standard Product  
Resistance Code  
See page 81 for RT26 ordering information.  
Consult factory for other available options.  
Standard Resistance Table  
3260........................................±70ppm/°C  
RT26 .......................................±50ppm/°C  
Seal Test ............................85°C Fluorinert*  
Humidity............MIL-STD-202 Method 106  
3260..............(2% TR, 100 Megohms IR)  
RT26 ...............(1% TR, 10 Megohms IR)  
Vibration  
3260.............................30G (1% TR; 1%  
+ resolution VR)  
RT26 ............................20G (1% TR; 1%  
+ resolution VR)  
Nominal  
3260H/RT26 "X" Style  
Common Dimensions  
Resistance  
(Ohms)  
Resistance  
Code  
Resolution  
(Percent)  
10  
20  
50  
100  
200  
500  
1,000  
2,000  
5,000  
10,000  
20,000  
25,000  
100  
200  
500  
101  
201  
501  
102  
202  
502  
103  
203  
1.90  
1.50  
1.23  
1.00  
0.94  
0.58  
0.50  
0.45  
0.34  
0.29  
0.28  
6.35 ± .51  
(.250 ± .020)  
.89  
(.035)  
1
2 3  
6.35 ± .51  
(.250 ± .020)  
4.78 ± .38  
(.188 ± .015)  
Shock .................................................100G  
(1% TR; 1% + resolution VR)  
.76  
(.030)  
2.54  
(.100)  
253  
0.23  
Popular values listed in boldface. Special  
resistances available.  
2.54  
(.100)  
Load Life ....1,000 hours 0.25 watt @ 85°C  
3260 .................(2% TR; 500 ohms ENR)  
RT26 ......(2% TR; 2% + resolution VR)  
Rotational Life ............................200 cycles  
3260 .................(2% TR; 500 ohms ENR)  
RT26...........................................(2% TR)  
1.02 ± .38  
(.040 ± .015)  
SHADED AREAS TYPICALLY NOT STOCKED BY  
DISTRIBUTORS AND NOT RECOMMENDED FOR NEW  
DESIGNS.  
2.54  
(.100)  
4.32 ± .38  
(.170 ± .015)  
1.27  
(.050)  
1.27  
(.050)  
ADJ. SLOT  
1.78  
(.070)  
DIA.  
.41 ± .03  
DIA.  
.51  
(.020)  
(.016 ± .001)  
WIDE  
X
X
.51  
DEEP  
(.020)  
*”FLUORINERT” IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF 3M CO.  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
18  
Features  
Multiturn / Cermet / Industrial / Sealed  
Listed on the QPL for style RJ26 per  
MIL-R-22097 and RJR26 per  
High-Rel MIL-R-39035  
Patent #4427966 drive mechanism  
3262/RJ26/RJR26 - 1/4” Trimming Potentiometer  
Electrical Characteristics  
Physical Characteristics (cont.)  
3262P/RJ 26/RJ R26  
Standard Resistance Range  
........................................10 to 1 megohm  
(see standard resistance table)  
Resistance Tolerance .................±10% std.  
(tighter tolerance available)  
Absolute Minimum Resistance..........1% or  
2 ohms max. (whichever is greater)  
Contact Resistance Variation .........3.0% or  
3 ohms max. (whichever is greater)  
Adjustability  
Voltage..........................................±0.02%  
Resistance ....................................±0.05%  
Resolution.........................................Infinite  
Insulation Resistance ....................500 vdc.  
Weight ..........................................0.015 oz.  
Marking  
1
2 3  
1.02  
(.040)  
4.70  
(.185)  
3262 ................Manufacturers trademark,  
resistance code, wiring diagram,  
date code, manufacturers model  
number and style  
RJ26/RJR26 ...........Mil-spec part number  
Wiper................Positioned at 50% nominal  
Flammability...............................U.L. 94V-0  
Standard Packaging .........50 pcs. per tube  
Adjustment Tool ..................................H-90  
.64  
(.025)  
2.54  
2.54  
(.100)  
(.100)  
2.54  
(.100)  
.64  
(.025)  
How To Order  
3262 P - 1 - 103  
1,000 megohms min.  
Model  
Style  
Dielectric Strength  
Sea Level ......................................600 vac  
80,000 Feet...................................250 vac  
Effective Travel......................12 turns nom.  
WIPER  
2
Standard or Modified  
Product Indicator  
CW  
CCW  
3
1
-1 = Standard Product  
CLOCKWISE  
Resistance Code  
Environmental Characteristics  
See page 82 for RJ26/RJR26 ordering  
information.  
Power Rating  
(3262 300 volts max.;  
RJ26/RJR26 200 volts max.)  
TOLERANCES: ± 0.25 (.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED  
METRIC  
(INCHES)  
Consult factory for other available options.  
DIMENSIONS ARE:  
85°C ...........................................0.25 watt  
150°C ..............................................0 watt  
Temperature Range ..........-65°C to +150°C  
Temperature Coefficient .........±100ppm/°C  
Seal Test ............................85°C Fluorinert*  
Humidity  
3262 ................MIL-STD-202 Method 103  
96 hours (2% TR, 100 Megohms IR)  
RJ26 ................MIL-STD-202 Method 106  
96 hours (1% TR, 10 Megohms IR)  
RJR26 .............MIL-STD-202 Method 106  
96 hours (1% TR, 100 Megohms IR)  
Vibration  
3262 ....................30G (1% TR; 1% VR)  
RJ26/RJR26........20G (1% TR; 1% VR)  
Shock..................100G (1% TR; 1% VR)  
Load Life  
3262 .........1,000 hours 0.25 watt @ 85°C  
(3% TR; 3% or 3 ohms,  
3262W/RJ 26/RJ R26  
Common Dimensions  
6.35 ± .51  
(.250 ± .020)  
4.32 ± .38  
(.170 ± .015)  
ADJ. SLOT  
1.78  
Standard Resistance Table  
DIA.  
(.070)  
.51  
(.020)  
.64  
(.025)  
6.35 ± .51  
(.250 ± .020)  
Resistance  
(Ohms)  
Resistance  
Code  
WIDE  
DEEP  
X
X
10  
100  
200  
500  
101  
201  
501  
1.02  
20  
(.040)  
1
2 3  
50  
.46 ± .025  
100  
200  
500  
DIA.  
(.018 ± .001)  
4.78 ± .38  
(.188 ± .015)  
2.54  
(.100)  
1,000  
2,000  
5,000  
10,000  
20,000  
102  
202  
502  
103  
203  
2.54  
(.100)  
.76  
(.030)  
2.54  
(.100)  
25,000  
253  
503  
104  
204  
254  
504  
105  
50,000  
1.02  
(.040)  
whichever is greater, CRV)  
100,000  
200,000  
250,000  
500,000  
1,000,000  
RJ26 .........1,000 hours 0.25 watt @ 85°C  
(2% TR; 1% VR)  
RJR26.....10,000 hours 0.25 watt @ 85°C  
(3% TR)  
Rotational Life ............................200 cycles  
3262 ..................(2% TR; 3% or 3 ohms,  
whichever is greater, CRV)  
3262X/RJ 26/RJ R26  
1.52 ± .38  
*
1.02  
(.040)  
(.060 ± .015)  
Popular values listed in boldface. Special  
resistances available.  
SHADED AREAS TYPICALLY NOT STOCKED BY  
DISTRIBUTORS AND NOT RECOMMENDED FOR NEW  
DESIGNS.  
1.02  
(.040)  
*
1
2 3  
RJ26/RJR26 ...............................(2% TR)  
2.54  
(.100)  
Physical Characteristics  
Torque..................................3.0 oz-in. max.  
Mechanical Stops......................Wiper idles  
Terminals  
.76  
(.030)  
2.54  
(.100)  
3262 .................................Solderable pins  
RJ26/RJR26 ...MIL-STD-202; Method 208  
1.02  
(.040)  
Common dimensions  
*
*”FLUORINERT” IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF 3M CO.  
19  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
Features  
Multiturn / Cermet / Industrial / Sealed  
Standoffs allow thorough PC board  
washing  
Tape and reel packaging available  
(see page 70 for details)  
Patent #4427966 drive mechanism  
3266 - 1/4” Square Trimming Potentiometer  
6.35  
(.250)  
3266W  
Common Dimensions  
3266Y  
1.52 ± .38  
(.060 ± .015)  
*
Electrical Characteristics  
4.32  
(.170)  
1.52 ± .38  
(.060 ± .015)  
Standard Resistance Range  
*
6.35  
(.250)  
....................................10 to 1 megohm  
(see standard resistance table)  
Resistance Tolerance .............±10% std.  
Absolute Minimum Resistance  
...............................1% or 2 ohms max.  
(whichever is greater)  
Contact Resistance Variation  
............................3.0% or 3 ohms max.  
(whichever is greater)  
TYP.  
*
ADJ. SLOT  
1.02  
(.040)  
1.78  
(.070)  
DIA.  
4.32 ± .38  
(.170 ± .015)  
*
.56  
(.022)  
1.02  
(.040)  
WIDE  
X
X
6.85 ± .51  
(.270 ± .020)  
1.02  
(.040 )  
TYP.  
*
1
2 3  
.64  
DEEP  
(.025)  
6.85 ± .51  
(.270 ± .020)  
.38  
4.78 ± .38  
(.188 ± .015)  
*
0.38  
(.015)  
MIN.  
1
2 3  
(.015)  
2.54  
(.100)  
4.32  
Adjustability  
.46 ± .03  
(.018 ± .001)  
2.54  
(.100)  
DIA.  
*
(.170)  
Voltage ......................................±0.02%  
Resistance ................................±0.05%  
Resolution.....................................Infinite  
Insulation Resistance ................500 vdc.  
1,000 megohms min.  
2.54  
(.100)  
2.54  
(.100)  
3.18  
(.125)  
2.16  
(.085)  
.76*  
(.030)  
2.54  
(.100)  
3266Z  
1.52 ± .38  
6.85 ± .51  
(.270 ± .020)  
*
1.02  
(.040)  
(.060 ± .015)  
Dielectric Strength  
Sea Level ..................................600 vac  
80,000 Feet...............................250 vac  
Effective Travel..................12 turns nom.  
3266P  
4.32  
(.170)  
1.02 ± 0.25  
(.040 ± .010)  
1
2
3
.76  
(.030)  
4.32 ± .38  
(.170 ± .015)  
1.02  
Environmental Characteristics  
(.040)  
0.38  
MIN.  
1.02  
(.040)  
Power Rating (300 volts max.)  
1.02  
(.040)  
(.015)  
2.54  
(.100)  
1
2 3  
70°C .......................................0.25 watt  
150°C ..........................................0 watt  
Temperature Range ......-55°C to +150°C  
Temperature Coefficient .....±100ppm/°C  
Seal Test ........................85°C Fluorinert*  
Humidity........MIL-STD-202 Method 103  
96 hours (2% TR, 10 Megohms IR)  
Vibration............30G (1% TR; 1% VR)  
Shock..............100G (1% TR; 1% VR)  
Load Life ....1,000 hours 0.25 watt 70°C  
(3% TR; 3% CRV)  
2.54  
(.100)  
6.85 ± .51  
(.270 ± .020)  
2.54  
(.100)  
.76  
(.030)  
2.54  
(.100)  
4.32  
(.170)  
2.54  
(.100)  
2.16  
3.18  
(.125)  
3266X  
(.085)  
1.52  
(.060)  
1.02  
(.040)  
WIPER  
2
Rotational Life ........................200 cycles  
(4% TR; 3% or 3 ohms,  
CW  
CCW  
3
1
1.02  
(.040)  
1
2 3  
CLOCKWISE  
whichever is greater, CRV)  
.38  
(015)  
MIN.  
*
2.54  
(.100)  
Standard Resistance Table  
Physical Characteristics  
2.54  
(.100)  
Resistance  
(Ohms)  
Resistance  
Code  
Torque .............................3.0 oz-in. max.  
Mechanical Stops..................Wiper idles  
Terminals ........................Solderable pins  
Weight ......................................0.015 oz.  
Marking ...........................Manufacturers  
trademark, resistance code,  
.76  
(.030)  
2.54  
(.100)  
10  
100  
200  
500  
101  
201  
501  
102  
202  
502  
103  
203  
253  
503  
104  
204  
254  
504  
105  
20  
50  
1.02  
(.040)  
100  
200  
500  
Common dimensions  
*
wiring diagram, date code,  
1,000  
2,000  
5,000  
10,000  
20,000  
25,000  
50,000  
100,000  
200,000  
250,000  
500,000  
1,000,000  
TOLERANCES: ± 0.25 (.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED  
manufacturers model  
METRIC  
(INCHES)  
number and style  
DIMENSIONS ARE:  
Wiper ...........Positioned at 50% nominal  
Flammability...........................U.L. 94V-0  
Standard Packaging .....50 pcs. per tube  
Adjustment Tool ..............................H-90  
How to Order  
3266 W - 1 - 103  
Model  
Style  
*”FLUORINERT” IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF 3M CO.  
Standard or Modified  
Product Indicator  
Popular values listed in boldface. Special  
resistances available.  
-1 = Standard Product  
SHADED AREAS TYPICALLY NOT STOCKED BY  
DISTRIBUTORS AND NOT RECOMMENDED FOR NEW  
DESIGNS.  
Resistance Code  
Consult factory for other available options.  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
20  
Features  
Low TCR  
Applications  
Rheostat applications with wiper currents  
less than 25 microamps  
Multiturn / Cermet / Industrial / Sealed  
Process control instrumentation  
Power supplies  
Standoffs allow thorough PC board  
washing  
Patent #4427966 drive mechanism  
3266-LTC - 1/4” Square Trimming Potentiometer  
3266W  
Common Dimensions  
Electrical Characteristics  
Standard Resistance Table  
1.52 ± .38  
(.060 ± .015)  
Standard Resistance Range  
*
Resistance  
(Ohms)  
Resistance  
Code  
6.35  
(.250)  
.....................................2K to 25K ohms  
(see standard resistance table)  
Resistance Tolerance .............±10% std.  
Absolute Minimum Resistance  
...............................1% or 2 ohms max.  
(whichever is greater)  
Contact Resistance Variation  
............................3.0% or 3 ohms max.  
(whichever is greater)  
TYP.  
*
2,000  
5,000  
10,000  
20,000  
25,000  
202  
502  
103  
203  
253  
ADJ. SLOT  
1.78  
(.070)  
DIA.  
4.32 ± .38  
*
(.170 ± .015)  
.56  
(.022)  
1.02  
(.040)  
WIDE  
X
X
6.85 ± .51  
TYP.  
*
.64  
(.270 ± .020)  
DEEP  
(.025)  
Popular values listed in boldface. Special  
resistances available.  
.38  
4.78 ± .38  
(.188 ± .015)  
*
(.015)  
1
2 3  
Adjustability  
.46 ± .03  
(.018 ± .001)  
DIA.  
*
Voltage ......................................±0.02%  
Resistance ................................±0.05%  
Resolution.....................................Infinite  
Insulation Resistance ................500 vdc.  
1,000 megohms min.  
2.54  
(.100)  
2.54  
(.100)  
How To Order  
.76*  
(.030)  
2.54  
(.100)  
3266 W - LTC - 103  
1.02  
(.040)  
Model  
Dielectric Strength  
Style  
Sea Level ..................................600 vac  
80,000 Feet...............................250 vac  
Effective Travel..................12 turns nom.  
3266P  
Product Indicator  
1
2
3
.76  
(.030)  
4.32 ± .38  
(.170 ± .015)  
Resistance Code  
Consult factory for other available options.  
Environmental Characteristics  
1.02  
(.040)  
Power Rating (300 volts max.)  
2.54  
(.100)  
70°C .......................................0.25 watt  
150°C ..........................................0 watt  
Temperature Range  
....................................-55°C to +150°C  
Temperature Coefficient  
2.54  
(.100)  
2.54  
.76  
(.030)  
(.100)  
End to End ..........................±20ppm/°C  
Through the Wiper..............±50ppm/°C  
Seal Test ........................85°C Fluorinert*  
Humidity........MIL-STD-202 Method 103  
96 hours (2% TR, 10 Megohms IR)  
Vibration............30G (1% TR; 1% VR)  
Shock..............100G (1% TR; 1% VR)  
Load Life ....1,000 hours 0.25 watt 70°C  
(3% TR; 3% CRV)  
3266X  
1.52  
(.060)  
1.02  
(.040)  
1.02  
(.040)  
1
2 3  
.38  
(015)  
MIN.  
Rotational Life ........................200 cycles  
(4% TR; 3% or 3 ohms,  
*
2.54  
(.100)  
2.54  
(.100)  
whichever is greater, CRV)  
.76  
(.030)  
2.54  
(.100)  
Physical Characteristics  
Torque .............................3.0 oz-in. max.  
Mechanical Stops..................Wiper idles  
Terminals ........................Solderable pins  
Weight ......................................0.015 oz.  
Marking ...........................Manufacturers  
trademark, resistance code,  
1.02  
(.040)  
Common dimensions  
*
WIPER  
2
wiring diagram, date code,  
manufacturers model  
CW  
CCW  
3
1
number and style  
CLOCKWISE  
Wiper ...........Positioned at 50% nominal  
Flammability...........................U.L. 94V-0  
Standard Packaging .....50 pcs. per tube  
Adjustment Tool ..............................H-90  
TOLERANCES: ± 0.25 (.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED  
METRIC  
DIMENSIONS ARE:  
(INCHES)  
NOTE: TCR through the wiper applies when 40% or more  
of the resistance element is in the circuit.  
*”FLUORINERT” IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF 3M CO.  
21  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
Features  
Stable, infinite resolution cermet element  
Vertical and horizontal adjust styles  
Optional packaging on embossed tape  
Compatible with surface mount  
manufacturing processes  
3269 - 1/4” Square SMD Trimming Potentiometer  
3269P  
Common Dimensions  
Electrical Characteristics  
WIPER  
2
.51  
(.020)  
.51  
(.020)  
1.78  
(.070)  
Standard Resistance Range  
ADJ. SLOT  
DIA.  
WIDE  
X
X
DEEP  
....................................10 to 1 megohm  
(see standard resistance table)  
Resistance Tolerance .............±10% std.  
(closer tolerance available)  
CW  
CCW  
3
1
1.02  
(.040)  
6.35 ± .51  
(.250 ± .020)  
CLOCKWISE  
1.02  
(.040)  
TOLERANCES: ± 0.25 (.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED  
Absolute Minimum Resistance  
...............................1% or 2 ohms max.  
(whichever is greater)  
Contact Resistance Variation  
............................3.0% or 3 ohms max.  
(whichever is greater)  
TYP  
3 PLCS.  
5.21  
(.205)  
METRIC  
(INCHES)  
DIMENSIONS ARE:  
2.54  
(.015)  
TYP. 3 PLCS.  
2
3
1
How To Order  
1.52 ± .38  
(.060 ± .015)  
2.54  
(.100)  
3269 X - 1 - 103 G  
Adjustability  
Model  
2.54  
(.100)  
Voltage ......................................±0.02%  
Resistance ................................±0.05%  
Resolution.....................................Infinite  
Insulation Resistance ................500 vdc.  
1,000 megohms min.  
.46 ± .03  
(.018 ± .001)  
DIA. TYP.  
Style  
Standard Product  
Resistance Code  
3269W  
.43 ± .05  
(.017 ± .002)  
DIA. TYP.  
Optional Suffix Letter  
G= Embossed Tape  
Dielectric Strength  
3
1
P” Style - 750 pcs./13˝ reel  
“W, X” Style - 500 pcs./13˝ reel  
Sea Level ..................................600 vac  
80,000 Feet...............................250 vac  
Effective Travel..................12 turns nom.  
1.52 ± .38  
(.060 ± .015)  
2
1.02  
(.040)  
Environmental Characteristics  
4.32  
(.170)  
Maximum Exposure (Temp/Time)  
.................................... +245°C/10 sec.  
Power Rating (300 volts max.)  
6.35 ± .51  
(.250 ± .020)  
SQ.  
Standard Resistance Table  
1.02  
(.040)  
1.02  
Resistance  
(Ohms)  
10  
20  
50  
Resistance  
Code  
85°C .......................................0.25 watt  
150°C ..........................................0 watt  
Temperature Range ......-65°C to +150°C  
Temperature Coefficient .....±100ppm/°C  
Seal Test ........................85°C Fluorinert*  
Humidity........MIL-STD-202 Method 106  
(2% TR; IR 100 Megohms)  
Vibration............30G (1% TR; 1% VR)  
Shock..............100G (1% TR; 1% VR)  
Load Life...1,000 hours 0.25 watt @ 85°C  
(3% TR; 3% or 3 ohms  
(.040)  
TYP  
7.37  
(.290)  
100  
200  
500  
100  
101  
201  
501  
102  
202  
502  
103  
203  
253  
503  
104  
2.54  
(.015)  
2.54  
(.100)  
2.54  
(.100)  
TYP.  
200  
3 PLCS.  
500  
1,000  
2,000  
5,000  
10,000  
20,000  
25,000  
50,000  
100,000  
3269X  
1.52 ± .38  
(.060 ± .015)  
1.02  
(.040)  
whichever is greater, CRV)  
Rotational Life ........................200 cycles  
(2% TR; 3% or 3 ohms,  
1.02  
(.040)  
200,000  
250,000  
500,000  
1,000,000  
204  
254  
504  
105  
7.37  
(.290)  
whichever is greater, CRV)  
Physical Characteristics  
SHADED AREAS TYPICALLY NOT STOCKED BY  
DISTRIBUTORS AND NOT RECOMMENDED FOR NEW  
DESIGNS.  
2
2.29  
(.090)  
Torque .............................3.0 oz-in. max.  
Mechanical Stops..................Wiper idles  
Terminals ........................Solderable pins  
Weight ......................................0.015 oz.  
Marking ...........................Manufacturers  
trademark, resistance code,  
TYP.  
3 PLCS.  
3
1
RECOMMENDED PCB  
LAYOUT - "P"  
wiring diagram, date code,  
RECOMMENDED PCB  
LAYOUT - "W" & "X"  
manufacturers model  
1.19  
TYP.  
number and style  
Standard Packaging .....50 pcs. per tube  
Adjustment Tool ..............................H-90  
(.047)  
9.70  
2.79  
(.382)  
(.110)  
TYP.  
2.54  
7.62  
(.100)  
(.300)  
2.54  
(.100)  
*”FLUORINERT” IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF 3M CO.  
3.30  
(.130)  
TYP.  
2.54  
2.54  
1.19  
TYP.  
(.100)  
(.100)  
(.047)  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
22  
3269 - Packaging Specifications  
Packaging Specifications  
Packaging Specifications  
(P Style)  
(W & X Styles)  
EMBOSSED  
CARRIER TAPE  
EMBOSSED  
CARRIER TAPE  
COVER TAPE  
COVER TAPE  
7.50 ± .10  
(.295 ± .004)  
7.50 ± .10  
(.295 ± .004)  
1.5 + .10/ –.00  
(.059 + .004/ –.000)  
DIA.  
1.5 + .10/ –.00  
(.059 + .004/ –.000)  
DIA.  
4.00 ± .01  
(.157 ± .004)  
4.00 ± .01  
(.157 ± .004)  
2.00 ± .05  
(.079 ± .002)  
2.00 ± .05  
(.079 ± .002)  
12.00 ± .10  
(.472 ± .004)  
12.00 ± .10  
(.472 ± .004)  
1.75 ± .10  
(.069 ± .004)  
16.0 ± .10  
(.630 ± .004)  
1.75 ± .10  
(.069 ± .004)  
TAPE  
16.0 ± .10  
(.630 ± .004)  
TAPE  
17.78 ± .25  
(.700 ± .010)  
EQUAL SPACED 3 PLCS.  
17.78 ± .25  
(.700 ± .010)  
18.69 ± .79  
(.736 ± .031)  
EQUAL SPACED 3 PLCS.  
DIA.  
13.0 ± .51  
(.512 ± .020)  
18.69 ± .79  
(.736 ± .031)  
DIA.  
DIA.  
13.0 ± .51  
(.512 ± .020)  
DIA.  
99.06 ± 1.02  
(3.90 ± .040)  
99.06 ± 1.02  
(3.90 ± .040)  
330.2 ± 5.08  
(13.000 ± .200)  
DIA.  
16.51 ± 2.03/ -.000  
(.650 ± .080/ -.000)  
330.2 ± 5.08  
(13.000 ± .200)  
DIA.  
REEL  
16.51 ± 2.03/ -.000  
(.650 ± .080/ -.000)  
REEL  
Units packaged 500 pieces per reel.  
Units packaged 750 pieces per reel.  
23  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
Features  
Multiturn/ Wirewound / Industrial / Sealed  
Listed on the QPL for style RT24 per  
MIL-R-27208 and RTR24 per  
High-Rel MIL-R-39015  
Panel mount option available  
(see page 73 for details)  
3290/RT24/RTR24 - 3/8” Square Trimming Potentiometer  
3290W/RT24/RTR24  
Electrical Characteristics  
Physical Characteristics (cont.)  
2.54  
Standard Resistance Range  
Marking  
(.100)  
3
3290 .................................10 to 50K ohms  
RT24 ................................10 to 10K ohms  
RTR24 ............................500 to 10K ohms  
(see standard resistance table)  
Resistance Tolerance ...................±5% std.  
(tighter tolerance available)  
3290 ................Manufacturers trademark,  
2
resistance code, wiring diagram,  
date code, manufacturers model  
1
number and style  
2.54  
1.19  
RT24/RTR24 ...........Mil-spec part number  
(.100)  
(.075)  
Wiper................Positioned at 50% nominal  
Absolute Minimum Resistance  
..................................0.1% or 1 ohm max.  
(whichever is greater)  
Flammability...............................U.L. 94V-0  
Standard Packaging .........50 pcs. per tube  
Adjustment Tool ..................................H-90  
WIPER  
2
Noise ..........................100 ohms ENR max.  
Resolution  
.................(see standard resistance table)  
Insulation Resistance ....................500 vdc.  
1,000 megohms min.  
How to Order  
CW  
CCW  
3
1
CLOCKWISE  
3290 H - 1 - 103 M  
Model  
Style  
Dielectric Strength  
TOLERANCES: ± 0.25 (.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED  
Sea Level ...................................1,000 vac  
80,000 Feet...................................350 vac  
Adjustment Travel .................25 turns nom.  
METRIC  
(INCHES)  
Standard or Modified  
Product Indicator  
DIMENSIONS ARE:  
-1 = Standard Product  
Environmental Characteristics  
Resistance Code  
Optional Suffix Letter  
Power Rating @ 85°C  
M = Panel Mount  
(Factory Installed)  
3290 .............................................1.0 watt  
RT24/RTR24 ...............................0.75 watt  
Power Rating @ 150°C......................0 watt  
Temperature Range ..........-65°C to +150°C  
Temperature Coefficient ...........±50ppm/°C  
Seal Test ............................85°C Fluorinert*  
Humidity  
Standard Resistance Table  
Nominal  
Resolution  
(Percent)  
Resistance  
(Ohms)  
Resistance  
Code  
See page 81 for RT24/RTR24 ordering  
information.  
Consult factory for other available options.  
10  
20  
100  
200  
500  
101  
201  
501  
1.11  
0.93  
0.62  
0.60  
0.54  
0.42  
50  
100  
200  
500  
3290 ................MIL-STD-202 Method 106  
96 hours (2% TR; 100 Megohms IR)  
RT24 ...............(1% TR; 10 Megohms IR)  
RTR24...........(1% TR; 100 Megohms IR)  
Vibration  
3290....................................................30G  
(1% TR; 0.5% + resolution VR)  
RT24/RTR24 .......................................20G  
(1% TR; 0.5% + resolution VR)  
Shock .................................................100G  
(1% TR; 0.5% + resolution VR)  
Load Life  
3290 ...........1,000 hours 1.0 watt @ 85°C  
(2% TR; 500 ohms ENR)  
RT24 .........1,000 hours 0.75 watt @ 85°C  
(2% TR; 2% + resolution VR)  
RTR24.....10,000 hours 0.75 watt @ 85°C  
(3% + resolution VR)  
3290H/RT24X/RTR24X  
Common Dimensions  
1,000  
2,000  
102  
202  
502  
103  
203  
253  
503  
0.33  
0.26  
0.20  
0.17  
0.14  
0.13  
0.11  
1.02  
(.040)  
3.81  
1.27*  
(.050)  
(.150)  
9.53 ± .38  
*
5,000  
(.375 ± .015)  
10,000  
20,000  
25,000  
50,000  
9.53 ± .38  
1.52  
(.060)  
*
*
(.375 ± .015)  
3
2 1  
8.00 ± .38  
(.315 ± .015)  
Popular values listed in boldface. Special  
resistances available.  
.51 ± .03  
(.020 ± .001)  
TYP.  
*
SHADED AREAS TYPICALLY NOT STOCKED BY  
DISTRIBUTORS AND NOT RECOMMENDED FOR NEW  
DESIGNS.  
1.91  
(.075)  
DIA. TYP.  
*
ADJ. SLOT  
2.54  
(.100)  
1.52  
(.060)  
.51  
(.020)  
.64  
DIA.  
2.54  
(.100)  
4.75  
(.187)  
WIDE  
DEEP  
X
X
(.025)  
Rotational Life ............................200 cycles  
3290 .................(2% TR; 500 ohms ENR)  
RT24/RTR24...............................(2% TR)  
3290P/RT24/RTR24  
4.75  
(.187)  
1
Physical Characteristics  
2
3
4.75  
(.187)  
Torque..................................5.0 oz-in. max.  
Mechanical Stops......................Wiper idles  
Terminals  
3290 ..........Solderable printed circuit pins  
RT24/RTR24...MIL-STD-202; Method 208  
Weight ..........................................0.025 oz.  
2.54  
2.54  
(.100)  
(.100)  
2.54  
(.100)  
Common dimensions  
*
*”FLUORINERT” IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF 3M CO.  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
24  
Features  
Multiturn / Cermet / Industrial / Sealed  
Optional panel mount available  
(see page 73 for details)  
Patent #4427966 drive mechanism  
Thin body profile  
3292 - 3/8” Square Trimming Potentiometer  
Electrical Characteristics  
3292L  
Common Dimensions  
3292X  
1.52  
(.060)  
*
Standard Resistance Range  
9.53 ± .38  
(.375 ± .015)  
1.02  
(.040)  
9.53 ± .38  
(.375 ± .015)  
1.02  
(.040)  
TYP.  
*
*
....................................10 to 1 megohm  
(see standard resistance table)  
Resistance Tolerance .............±10% std.  
(tighter tolerance available)  
Absolute Minimum Resistance  
...............................1% or 2 ohms max.  
(whichever is greater)  
Contact Resistance Variation  
3292....................1.0% or 3 ohms max.  
(whichever is greater)  
45° ± 3°  
.381 + .25/-.13*  
(.150 +.010/-.005)  
9.53 ± .38  
(.375 ± .015)  
9.53 ± .38  
(.375 ± .015)  
2.54  
(.010)  
MIN.*  
TYP.  
*
1.27  
(.050)  
*
3
2
1
8.26 ± .635  
(.325 ± .025)  
*
1.91  
(.075)  
*
10.64  
(.419)  
2.54  
(.100)  
2.54  
(.100)  
4.75 ± .51*  
ADJ. SLOT  
1.57  
(.062)  
MIN.  
.51 ± .03  
(.020 ± .001)  
DIA. TYP.  
1.52  
(.060)  
.51  
(.020)  
.64  
DIA.  
152.4  
(6.00)  
MIN. LENGTH  
WIDE  
DEEP  
X
X
Adjustability  
(.187 ± .020)  
WIRE SIZE: 30AWG  
Voltage ......................................±0.01%  
Resistance ................................±0.05%  
Resolution.....................................Infinite  
Insulation Resistance ................500 vdc.  
1,000 megohms min.  
(.025)  
3292P  
RED  
WIPER  
4.75 ± .51  
(.187 ± .020)  
2
GREEN  
CW  
YELLOW  
CCW  
3
1
2.54  
(.100)  
ADJ. SLOT  
2.29  
8.26 ± .635  
(.325 ± .025)  
Dielectric Strength  
CLOCKWISE  
DIA.  
(.090)  
.56  
(.022)  
.76  
Sea Level ...............................1,000 vac  
80,000 Feet...............................400 vac  
Effective Travel..................25 turns nom.  
WIDE  
DEEP  
X
X
1
3
Standard Resistance Table  
2
*
(.030)  
Resistance  
(Ohms)  
10  
20  
50  
Resistance  
Code  
4.75 ± .51*  
(.187 ± .020)  
Environmental Characteristics  
2.54  
(.100)  
2.54  
(.100)  
Power Rating (400 volts max.)  
100  
200  
500  
85°C .........................................0.5 watt  
150°C ..........................................0 watt  
Temperature Range ......-65°C to +150°C  
Temperature Coefficient .....±100ppm/°C  
Seal Test ........................85°C Fluorinert*  
(pin styles only)  
Humidity........MIL-STD-202 Method 103  
96 hours (1% TR, 100 Megohms IR)  
Vibration............30G (1% TR; 1% VR)  
Shock..............100G (1% TR; 1% VR)  
Load Life ..1,000 hours 0.5 watt @ 85°C  
(2% TR; 3% or 3 ohms,  
100  
101  
201  
501  
102  
202  
502  
103  
203  
253  
503  
104  
3292W  
200  
500  
1,000  
2,000  
5,000  
10,000  
20,000  
25,000  
50,000  
100,000  
.254  
(.010)  
MIN.  
1
2
3
1.91  
(.075)  
8.26 ± .635*  
(.325 ± .025)  
2.54  
(.100)  
200,000  
250,000  
500,000  
1,000,000  
204  
254  
504  
105  
2.54  
(.100)  
whichever is greater, CRV)  
Rotational Life ........................200 cycles  
(2% TR; 3% or 3 ohms,  
Common dimensions  
*
Popular values listed in boldface. Special  
resistances available.  
whichever is greater, CRV)  
TOLERANCES: ± 0.25 (.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED  
SHADED AREAS TYPICALLY NOT STOCKED BY  
DISTRIBUTORS AND NOT RECOMMENDED FOR NEW  
DESIGNS.  
Physical Characteristics  
METRIC  
(INCHES)  
DIMENSIONS ARE:  
Torque .............................5.0 oz-in. max.  
Mechanical Stops..................Wiper idles  
Terminals  
..............Solderable printed circuit pins  
Weight ......................................0.025 oz.  
Machine Screw Mounting  
Torque ..............................12 oz-in. max.  
Marking  
How To Order  
3292 W - 1 - 103 M  
Model  
Style  
....................Manufacturers trademark,  
resistance code, wiring diagram, date  
code, manufacturers model number  
and style  
Wiper ...........Positioned at 50% nominal  
Flammability...........................U.L. 94V-0  
Standard Packaging  
P,W &X Styles ..............50 pcs. per tube  
L Style ..........................50 pcs. per bag  
Adjustment Tool ..............................H-90  
Standard or Modified  
Product Indicator  
-1 = Standard Product  
Resistance Code  
Optional Suffix Letter  
M = Panel Mount Model 3292L, W & X  
(Factory Installed)  
Consult factory for other available options.  
25  
*”FLUORINERT” IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF 3M CO.  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
Features  
Multiturn / Cermet / Industrial / Sealed  
5 terminal styles  
Tape and reel packaging available  
Chevron seal design  
Listed on the QPL for style RJ24 per  
MIL-R-22097 and RJR24 per High-Rel  
Mil-R-39035  
3296 - 3/8” Square Trimming Potentiometer  
Common Dimensions  
3296Y (Commercial Only)  
Electrical Characteristics  
1.14  
2.54  
(.100)  
(.045)  
Standard Resistance Range  
6.40 ± 1.32  
(.252 ± .052)  
10.03  
(.395)  
3
2
1
..................................10 to 5 megohms  
(see standard resistance table)  
Resistance Tolerance .............±10% std.  
(tighter tolerance available)  
Absolute Minimum Resistance  
...............................1% or 2 ohms max.  
(whichever is greater)  
Contact Resistance Variation  
............................1.0% or 3 ohms max.  
(whichever is greater)  
4.83 ± .13  
(.190 ± .005)  
1.52  
(.060)  
.38  
MIN.  
(.015)  
2.54  
(.100)  
2.54  
(.100)  
1.12  
(.044)  
9.53  
(.375)  
2.54  
(.100)  
2.54  
(.100)  
3296Z (Commercial Only)  
1.09  
(.043)  
1.14  
(.045)  
ADJ. SLOT  
2.54  
(.100)  
2.29  
(.090)  
DIA.  
3
2
1
.56  
(.022)  
.51 ± .03  
(.020 ± .001)  
DIA.  
WIDE  
X
.76  
Adjustability  
2.54  
(.100)  
2.54  
(.100)  
DEEP  
(.030)  
X
Voltage ......................................±0.01%  
Resistance ................................±0.05%  
Resolution.....................................Infinite  
Insulation Resistance ................500 vdc.  
1,000 megohms min.  
3296P  
8.26 ± .64  
(.325 ± .025)  
2.54  
(.100)  
2.54  
(.100)  
WIPER  
2
3
2
Dielectric Strength  
CW  
CCW  
3
1
Sea Level ..................................900 vac  
70,000 Feet...............................350 vac  
Effective Travel..................25 turns nom.  
CLOCKWISE  
2.54  
(.100)  
1
5.23  
(.206)  
TOLERANCES: ± 0.25 (.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED  
3296W  
2.41  
(.095)  
Environmental Characteristics  
2.54  
(.100)  
METRIC  
(INCHES)  
DIMENSIONS ARE:  
Power Rating (300 volts max.)  
70°C .........................................0.5 watt  
125°C ..........................................0 watt  
Temperature Range  
3
2
1
2.54  
(.100)  
....................................-55°C to +150°C  
Temperature Coefficient  
..........................................±100ppm/°C  
Seal Test ........................85°C Fluorinert*  
Humidity........MIL-STD-202 Method 103  
96 hours  
Standard Resistance Table  
3296X  
Resistance  
(Ohms)  
Resistance  
Code  
2.54  
(.100)  
10  
100  
200  
500  
101  
201  
501  
102  
202  
502  
103  
203  
253  
503  
104  
204  
254  
504  
105  
205  
3
2
1
20  
50  
100  
2.54  
(.100)  
(2% TR, 10 Megohms IR)  
2.41  
(.095)  
200  
Vibration............20G (1% TR; 1% VR)  
Shock..............100G (1% TR; 1% VR)  
Load Life  
................1,000 hours 0.5 watt @ 70°C  
(3% TR; 3% or 3 ohms,  
whichever is greater, CRV)  
Rotational Life ........................200 cycles  
(4% TR; 3% or 3 ohms,  
500  
1,000  
2,000  
5,000  
10,000  
20,000  
25,000  
50,000  
100,000  
200,000  
250,000  
500,000  
1,000,000  
2,000,000  
How To Order  
3296 W - 1 - 103  
Model  
Style  
whichever is greater, CRV)  
Standard or Modified  
Product Indicator  
Physical Characteristics  
-1 = Standard Product  
Resistance Code  
Consult factory for other available options.  
Torque .............................3.0 oz-in. max.  
Mechanical Stops..................Wiper idles  
Terminals ........................Solderable pins  
Weight ........................................0.03 oz.  
Marking ...........................Manufacturers  
trademark, resistance code,  
Popular values listed in boldface. Special  
resistances available.  
wiring diagram, date code,  
manufacturers model  
number and style  
Wiper ..........Positioned at 50% nominal  
Flammability ..........................U.L. 94V-0  
Standard Packaging .....50 pcs. per tube  
Adjustment Tool ..............................H-90  
*”FLUORINERT” IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF 3M CO.  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
26  
Features  
Low TCR  
Applications  
Rheostat applications with wiper currents  
less than 25 microamps  
Multiturn / Cermet / Industrial / Sealed  
3 terminal styles  
Process control instrumentation  
Power supplies  
Chevron seal design  
3296-LTC - 3/8” Square Trimming Potentiometer  
Common Dimensions  
Electrical Characteristics  
Standard Resistance Table  
Standard Resistance Range  
6.40 ± 1.32  
(.252 ± .052)  
10.03  
(.395)  
Resistance  
(Ohms)  
Resistance  
Code  
.....................................2K to 25K ohms  
(see standard resistance table)  
Resistance Tolerance .............±10% std.  
(tighter tolerance available)  
Absolute Minimum Resistance  
...............................1% or 2 ohms max.  
(whichever is greater)  
Contact Resistance Variation  
............................1.0% or 3 ohms max.  
(whichever is greater)  
4.83 ± .13  
(.190 ± .005)  
1.52  
(.060)  
.38  
2,000  
5,000  
10,000  
20,000  
25,000  
202  
502  
103  
203  
253  
MIN.  
(.015)  
1.12  
(.044)  
9.53  
(.375)  
2.54  
(.100)  
2.54  
(.100)  
1.09  
(.043)  
Popular values listed in boldface. Special  
resistances available.  
ADJ. SLOT  
2.29  
(.090)  
DIA.  
.56  
(.022)  
.51 ± .03  
(.020 ± .001)  
DIA.  
WIDE  
X
X
.76  
Adjustability  
DEEP  
(.030)  
Voltage ......................................±0.01%  
Resistance ................................±0.05%  
Resolution.....................................Infinite  
Insulation Resistance ................500 vdc.  
1,000 megohms min.  
How To Order  
3296P  
8.26 ± .64  
(.325 ± .025)  
3296 W - LTC - 103  
2.54  
(.100)  
2.54  
(.100)  
Model  
3
2
Style  
Dielectric Strength  
Product Indicator  
Sea Level ..................................900 vac  
70,000 Feet...............................350 vac  
Effective Travel..................25 turns nom.  
2.54  
(.100)  
1
Resistance Code  
5.23  
(.206)  
Consult factory for other available options.  
3296W  
2.41  
(.095)  
Environmental Characteristics  
2.54  
(.100)  
Power Rating (300 volts max.)  
70°C .........................................0.5 watt  
125°C ..........................................0 watt  
Temperature Range  
3
2
1
2.54  
(.100)  
....................................-55°C to +150°C  
Temperature Coefficient  
3296X  
End to End ..........................±20ppm/°C  
Through the Wiper..............±50ppm/°C  
Seal Test ........................85°C Fluorinert*  
Humidity........MIL-STD-202 Method 103  
96 hours  
2.54  
(.100)  
3
2
1
2.54  
(.100)  
2.41  
(.095)  
(2% TR, 10 Megohms IR)  
Vibration............20G (1% TR; 1% VR)  
Shock..............100G (1% TR; 1% VR)  
Load Life  
................1,000 hours 0.5 watt @ 70°C  
(3% TR; 3% or 3 ohms,  
whichever is greater, CRV)  
Rotational Life ........................200 cycles  
(4% TR; 3% or 3 ohms,  
WIPER  
2
CW  
CCW  
3
1
CLOCKWISE  
whichever is greater, CRV)  
TOLERANCES: ± 0.25 (.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED  
METRIC  
(INCHES)  
Physical Characteristics  
DIMENSIONS ARE:  
Torque .............................3.0 oz-in. max.  
Mechanical Stops..................Wiper idles  
Terminals ........................Solderable pins  
Weight ........................................0.03 oz.  
Marking ...........................Manufacturers  
trademark, resistance code,  
wiring diagram, date code,  
manufacturers model  
number and style  
Wiper ..........Positioned at 50% nominal  
Flammability ..........................U.L. 94V-0  
Standard Packaging .....50 pcs. per tube  
Adjustment Tool ..............................H-90  
NOTE: TCR through the wiper applies when 40% or more  
of the resistance element is in the circuit.  
*”FLUORINERT” IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF 3M CO.  
27  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
Features  
Multiturn / Cermet / Industrial / Sealed  
Standoffs  
Patent #4427966 drive mechanism  
Listed on the QPL for style RJ24 per  
MIL-R-22097 and RJR24 per High-Rel  
Mil-R-39035  
RJ24/RJR24 - 3/8” Square Trimming Potentiometer  
Common Dimensions  
Electrical Characteristics  
Standard Resistance Table  
10.03  
(.395)  
1.52  
(.060)  
MIN.  
Standard Resistance Range  
6.40 ± 1.32  
(.252 ± .052)  
Resistance  
(Ohms)  
Resistance  
Code  
....................................10 to 1 megohm  
(see standard resistance table)  
Resistance Tolerance .............±10% std.  
Absolute Minimum Resistance  
...........................................1 ohm max.  
Contact Resistance Variation  
............................3.0% or 3 ohms max.  
(whichever is greater)  
Adjustability  
Voltage ......................................±0.01%  
Resistance ................................±0.05%  
Resolution.....................................Infinite  
Insulation Resistance ................500 vdc.  
1,000 megohms min.  
2.54  
(.100)  
4.83 ± .13  
(.190 ± .005)  
.38  
(.015)  
10  
100  
200  
500  
101  
201  
501  
102  
202  
502  
103  
203  
253  
503  
104  
204  
254  
504  
105  
20  
2.54  
50  
1.12  
(.044)  
(.100)  
9.53  
(.375)  
100  
200  
500  
1.09  
(.043)  
1,000  
2,000  
5,000  
10,000  
20,000  
25,000  
50,000  
100,000  
200,000  
250,000  
500,000  
1,000,000  
.51 ± .03  
(.020 ± .001)  
DIA.  
ADJ. SLOT  
2.29  
DIA.  
(.090)  
.56  
(.022)  
WIDE  
X
X
.76  
DEEP  
(.030)  
RJ 24/RJ R24FP  
8.26 ± .64  
(.325 ± .025)  
2.54  
(.100)  
2.54  
(.100)  
Dielectric Strength  
Sea Level ...............................1,000 vac  
80,000 Feet...............................400 vac  
Effective Travel..................25 turns nom.  
3
Popular values listed in boldface. Special  
resistances available.  
2
2.54  
(.100)  
1
5.23  
(.206)  
Environmental Characteristics  
How To Order  
Power Rating (300 volts max.)  
85°C .........................................0.5 watt  
150°C ..........................................0 watt  
Temperature Range  
....................................-55°C to +150°C  
Temperature Coefficient  
..........................................±100ppm/°C  
Seal Test ........................85°C Fluorinert*  
Humidity........MIL-STD-202 Method 106  
RJ24 ........................................96 hours  
(1% TR, 10 Megohms IR)  
RJR24......................................96 hours  
(1% TR, 100 Megohms IR)  
Vibration............20G (1% TR; 1% VR)  
Shock..............100G (1% TR; 1% VR)  
Load Life  
RJ 24/RJ R24FW  
See page 81 for Model RJ24, and page  
82 for Model RJR24.  
2.41  
(.095)  
2.54  
(.100)  
3
2
1
2.54  
(.100)  
RJ 24/RJ R24FX  
2.54  
(.100)  
3
2
1
2.54  
2.41  
(.095)  
(.100)  
RJ24 .......1,000 hours 0.5 watt @ 85°C  
(2% TR; 10% VR)  
RJR24...10,000 hours 0.5 watt @ 85°C  
(3% TR)  
WIPER  
2
CW  
CCW  
3
1
Rotational Life ........200 cycles (2% TR)  
CLOCKWISE  
Physical Characteristics  
Torque .............................5.0 oz-in. max.  
Mechanical Stops..................Wiper idles  
Terminals ......MIL-STD 202, Method 208  
Weight ......................................0.025 oz.  
Marking ................Mil-spec part number,  
date code  
TOLERANCES: ± 0.25 (.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED  
METRIC  
DIMENSIONS ARE:  
(INCHES)  
Wiper ..........Positioned at 50% nominal  
Flammability ..........................U.L. 94V-0  
Standard Packaging .....50 pcs. per tube  
Adjustment Tool ..............................H-90  
*”FLUORINERT” IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF 3M CO.  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
28  
Features  
High Performance Series 3/8” Square /  
Multiturn / Cermet / Industrial / Sealed  
Thin body profile  
Sealed to withstand board washing  
processes  
Patent #4427966, #4732802, #4824694  
Low current applications <50uA  
3296-LC2 - 3/8” Square Trimming Potentiometer  
Electrical Characteristics  
Common Dimensions  
Standard Resistance Table  
10.03  
Standard Resistance Range  
Resistance  
(Ohms)  
Resistance  
Code  
5.97 ± .89  
(.235 ± .035)  
(.395)  
1.52  
(.060)  
MIN.  
.......................500 ohms to 100K ohms  
(see standard resistance table)  
Resistance Tolerance .............±10% std.  
Absolute Minimum Resistance  
...............................2 ohms or 1% max.  
(whichever is greater)  
500  
501  
102  
202  
502  
103  
203  
253  
503  
104  
2.54  
(.100)  
4.83  
(.190)  
.38  
(.015)  
1,000  
2,000  
5,000  
1.12  
(.044)  
9.53  
(.375)  
10,000  
20,000  
25,000  
50,000  
100,000  
.51  
(.020)  
Contact Resistance Variation  
ADJ. SLOT  
2.29  
(.090)  
1.09  
(.043)  
DIA.  
.............................................0.5% max.  
Contact Resistance (D.C. mode)  
.............................................0.3% max.  
D.C. Offset .............................0.5% max.  
Adjustability  
DIA.  
.56  
(.022)  
SHADED AREAS TYPICALLY NOT STOCKED BY  
DISTRIBUTORS AND NOT RECOMMENDED FOR NEW  
DESIGNS.  
WIDE  
X
X
.76  
DEEP  
(.030)  
Voltage ........................................±0.1%  
Resistance ..................................±0.2%  
Insulation Resistance ................500 vdc.  
1,000 megohms min.  
3296P  
2.54  
(.100)  
2.54  
(.100)  
3
How To Order  
2
3296 W - LC2 - 103  
Dielectric Strength  
2.54  
(.100)  
Model  
1
5.23  
(.206)  
Sea Level ..................................900 vac  
70,000 feet................................350 vac  
Adjustment Angle, Electrical  
Style  
Product Indicator  
............................................25 ±5 turns  
Resistance Code  
3296W  
2.41  
(.095)  
2.54  
(.100)  
Consult factory for other available options.  
Environmental Characteristics  
3
2
1
Power Rating (400 volts max.)  
85°C .........................................0.5 watt  
125°C ..........................................0 watt  
Temperature Range  
2.54  
(.100)  
....................................-55°C to +125°C  
Temperature Coefficient  
3296X  
2.54  
(.100)  
..........................................±100ppm/°C  
Humidity.............80-90% , RH, 10 cycles  
2% max. TRS, IR 10 megohms  
0.2% max. contact resistance shift  
Seal Test .......................85° C Flourinert*  
Vibration .......................20G - 0.5% VRS  
0.2% contact resistance shift  
3
2
1
2.54  
(.100)  
2.41  
(.095)  
Shock .........................100G - 0.5% VRS  
0.2% contact resistance shift  
Load Life @ 85°C Rated Power  
............................1,000 hours 3% TRS,  
0.2% contact resistance  
WIPER  
2
CW  
CCW  
3
1
CLOCKWISE  
shift - 0.5% CRV  
Rotational Life.........200 cycles, 4% TRS  
0.2% contact resistance shift  
TOLERANCES: ± 0.25 (.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED  
Thermal Shock...........................5 cycles  
2% TRS, 0.5% VRS  
METRIC  
(INCHES)  
DIMENSIONS ARE:  
0.2% contact resistance shift  
Physical Characteristics  
Torque .............................3.0 oz-in. max.  
Mechanical Stops..................Wiper idles  
Terminals ..................Solderable PC pins  
Weight ........................................0.03 oz.  
Marking ...........................Manufacturers  
trademark, resistance code  
and date code  
Wiper ..............................Set at CW end  
Flammability ..........................U.L. 94V-0  
Standard Packaging ....50 pcs. per tube  
Adjustment Tool ..............................H-90  
*”FLUORINERT” IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF 3M CO.  
29  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
Vertical and horizontal adjust types  
available  
Features  
3/8” Square/ Multiturn / Cermet  
Industrial / Sealed  
Patent #4427966 drive mechanism  
Designed for operational amplifier offset  
voltage adjustment applications  
Reduces power supply drift errors  
Unique center tapped trimming  
potentiometer  
3296-OT1 - 3/8” Square Trimming Potentiometer  
Common Dimensions  
Electrical Characteristics  
CLOCKWISE  
10.03  
Standard Resistance Range  
(Pin 1 to Pin 3)  
........................100 ohms to 1 megohm  
(see standard resistance table)  
Resistance Tolerance .............±20% std.  
Absolute Minimum Resistance  
..........................................2 ohms max.  
Voltage Output Variation.............+0.25%  
Adjustability (VR) ......................±0.025%  
Insulation Resistance ................500 vdc.  
.............................1,000 megohms min.  
Dielectric Strength  
6.40 ± 1.32  
(.252 ± .052)  
(.395)  
1.52  
(.060)  
MIN.  
WIPER  
2
4.83  
(.190)  
.38  
(.015)  
2.54  
(.100)  
TYP.  
CW  
CCW  
3
1
1.12  
(.044)  
TYP.  
9.53  
(.375)  
CENTER TAP  
4
.51  
(.020)  
1.09  
(.043)  
DIA.  
ADJ. SLOT  
TYP.  
2.29  
(.090)  
.56  
(.022)  
.76  
DIA.  
TOLERANCES: ± 0.25 (.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED  
WIDE  
DEEP  
X
X
METRIC  
(INCHES)  
DIMENSIONS ARE:  
(.030)  
Sea Level ..................................900 vac  
70,000 Feet...............................350 vac  
Effective Electrical Travel, Nom.  
.................................................25 turns  
Center Tap Resistance .......2 ohms max.  
Center Tap Electrical Center............±5%  
Center Tap Dead Band ...............0.5 turn  
.94  
(.037)  
2.41  
(.095)  
4
3296W-OT1  
Standard Resistance Table  
3
1
Resistance  
(Ohms)  
Resistance  
Code  
2
2.54  
(.100)  
100  
200  
500  
101  
201  
501  
Environmental Characteristics  
1,000  
2,000  
5,000  
10,000  
20,000  
102  
202  
502  
103  
203  
503  
104  
204  
504  
105  
3296X-OT1  
Power Rating  
.94  
(.037)  
70°C .........................................0.5 watt  
125°C ..........................................0 watt  
Temperature Range  
....................................-55°C to +125°C  
Temperature Stability (VR)  
...........................................±0.5% max.  
Seal Test ........................85°C Fluorinert*  
Humidity........MIL-STD-202 Method 103  
96 hours...................10 megohms min.  
Vibration, 20G..........................±1% TR  
Shock, 100G............................±1% TR  
Load Life, 1,000 Hours ............±3% TR  
Rotational Life, 200 cycles  
4
2
3
1
2.54  
(.100)  
50,000  
100,000  
200,000  
500,000  
1,000,000  
2.41  
(.095)  
Popular values listed in boldface. Special  
resistances available.  
SHADED AREAS TYPICALLY NOT STOCKED BY  
DISTRIBUTORS AND NOT RECOMMENDED FOR NEW  
DESIGNS.  
Suggested Offset Voltage Adjustment Circuit  
...............................................±4% TR  
+V  
3
Physical Characteristics  
Torque .............................3.0 oz-in. max.  
Mechanical Stops..................Wiper idles  
Terminals ........................Solderable pins  
Weight ........................................0.03 oz.  
Marking ...........................Manufacturers  
trademark, resistance code,  
R3  
100  
R2  
2
-
1MΩ  
4
OUTPUT  
+
INPUT  
1
–V  
wiring diagram, date code,  
OFFSET  
ADJUSTMENT  
R1 100KΩ  
manufacturers model  
RANGE = ±V (R3/R2)  
BOURNS OFFSET TRIMMER  
number and style  
Flammability ..........................U.L. 94V-0  
Standard Packaging  
.............................50 pcs. per tube/tray  
Adjustment Tool ..............................H-90  
How To Order  
3296 X - OT1 - 103  
Model  
Style  
Also see Model 3386-OT1, page 62.  
Catalog Product  
Resistance Code  
*”FLUORINERT” IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF 3M CO.  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
30  
Features  
3/8” Square/ Multiturn / Cermet /  
Industrial / Sealed  
Five popular terminal styles  
Standoffs  
Patent #4427966 drive mechanism  
3299 - 3/8” Square Trimming Potentiometer  
3299P  
Common Dimensions  
Electrical Characteristics  
Standard Resistance Table  
2.54  
(.100)  
Standard Resistance Range  
Resistance  
(Ohms)  
Resistance  
Code  
1.09  
(.043)  
.38  
..................................10 to 2 megohms  
(see standard resistance table)  
Resistance Tolerance .............±10% std.  
(tighter tolerance available)  
Absolute Minimum Resistance  
...............................1% or 2 ohms max.  
(whichever is greater)  
Contact Resistance Variation  
............................1.0% or 3 ohms max.  
(whichever is greater)  
2.54  
(.100)  
(.015)  
10  
100  
200  
500  
101  
201  
501  
102  
202  
502  
103  
203  
253  
503  
104  
204  
254  
504  
105  
205  
20  
1.12  
(.044)  
9.53  
(.375)  
50  
100  
200  
1.52  
(.060)  
10.03  
500  
6.22 ± 1.14  
1,000  
2,000  
5,000  
10,000  
20,000  
25,000  
50,000  
100,000  
200,000  
250,000  
500,000  
1,000,000  
2,000,000  
(.245 ± .045)  
6.10 +.30/-.25  
(.240 +.012/-.010)  
(.395)  
3
2
1
.51  
(.020)  
ADJ. SLOT  
2.29  
(.090)  
DIA. TYP.  
DIA.  
Adjustability  
.56  
(.022)  
WIDE  
X
X
Voltage ......................................±0.01%  
Resistance ................................±0.05%  
Resolution.....................................Infinite  
Insulation Resistance ................500 vdc.  
1,000 megohms min.  
5.23  
(.206)  
.64  
2.54  
(.100)  
BOTTOM VIEW  
DEEP  
(.025)  
1.91  
(.075)  
3299W  
2.54  
(.100)  
Popular values listed in boldface. Special  
resistances available.  
Dielectric Strength  
Sea Level ..................................900 vac  
70,000 Feet...............................350 vac  
Effective Travel..................25 turns nom.  
3
2
1
How To Order  
2.54  
(.100)  
MIN.  
BOTTOM VIEW  
3299 W - 1 - 103  
Environmental Characteristics  
Model  
Style  
Power Rating (300 volts max.)  
70°C .........................................0.5 watt  
125°C ..........................................0 watt  
Temperature Range ......-55°C to +125°C  
Temperature Coefficient .....±100ppm/°C  
Seal Test ........................85°C Fluorinert*  
Humidity........MIL-STD-202 Method 103  
96 hours  
3299X  
1.91  
(.075)  
2.54  
(.100)  
2.54  
(.100)  
Standard or Modified  
Product Indicator  
3
2
1
-1 = Standard Product  
Resistance Code  
BOTTOM VIEW  
Consult factory for other available options.  
1.91  
(.075)  
3299Y  
2.54  
(.100)  
2.54  
(.100)  
(2% TR, 10 Megohms IR)  
3
2
1
Vibration............20G (1% TR; 1% VR)  
Shock..............100G (1% TR; 1% VR)  
Load Life  
................1,000 hours 0.5 watt @ 70°C  
(3% TR; 3% or 3 ohms,  
2.54  
(.100)  
BOTTOM VIEW  
whichever is greater, CRV)  
Rotational Life ........................200 cycles  
(4% TR; 3% or 3 ohms,  
3299Z  
1.91  
(.075)  
2.54  
(.100)  
2.54  
(.100)  
3
2
1
whichever is greater, CRV)  
Physical Characteristics  
2.54  
(.100)  
BOTTOM VIEW  
Torque .............................3.0 oz-in. max.  
Mechanical Stops..................Wiper idles  
Terminals ........................Solderable pins  
Weight ......................................0.035 oz.  
Marking ...........................Manufacturers  
trademark, resistance code,  
WIPER  
2
CW  
CCW  
3
1
wiring diagram, date code,  
CLOCKWISE  
manufacturers model  
number and style  
Wiper ..............................Set at CW end  
Flammability ..........................U.L. 94V-0  
Standard Packaging .....50 pcs. per tube  
Adjustment Tool ..............................H-90  
TOLERANCES: ± 0.25 (.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED  
METRIC  
DIMENSIONS ARE:  
(INCHES)  
*”FLUORINERT” IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF 3M CO.  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
31  
2mm size meets EIA/EIAJ standard  
trimmer footprint  
Features  
Single-Turn Cermet / Open Frame  
Recommended for reflow processing  
Rotor design compatible with automatic  
adjustment equipment  
Supplied in 8mm embossed tape,  
compatible with automatic assembly  
equipment  
3302 - 2mm SMD Trimming Potentiometer  
Electrical Characteristics  
3302W, X-1  
3302W, X-2  
3 Terminals for  
Automatic Trimming Adjustment  
2mm Open Frame  
for Reflow Soldering  
Standard Resistance Range  
..................................200 to 1 megohm  
(see standard resistance table)  
Resistance Tolerance .............±25% std.  
Absolute Minimum Resistance  
1K .................................20 ohms max.  
>1K .........................................5% max.  
Contact Resistance Variation  
2.20 + 0.25/– 0.15  
(.087 + .010/– .006)  
ADJ. SLOT  
2.20 + 0.25/– 0.15  
(.087 + .010/– .006)  
1.60  
(.063)  
2.75  
1.70  
(.067)  
DIA.  
1.70  
(.067)  
.46 ± 0.10  
WIDE  
X
(.018 ± .004)  
.35 ± 0.10  
(.014 ± .004)  
2
2
2.75  
(.108)  
DEEP  
X
(.108)  
................................................5% max.  
Resolution...................................Infinite  
Adjustment Angle ....................260° ±20°  
0.45 ± 0.10  
(.018 ± .004)  
1.45  
(.057)  
1.45  
(.057)  
2.20  
DIA.  
Environmental Characteristics  
(.087)  
1.30  
(.051)  
2.20  
(.087)  
DIA.  
1.30  
(.051)  
Power Rating (50 VDC max.)  
70°C .......................................0.15 watt  
Temperature Range  
......................................-40°C to +85°C  
Temperature Coefficient  
..........................................±250ppm/°C  
Humidity .....................................95% RH  
500 hours  
1
3
1
3
1.75 ± 0.20  
(.069 ± .008)  
1.80  
(.071)  
1.10  
1.10  
(.043)  
1.60  
(.063)  
ADJ. SLOT  
LENGTH  
(.043)  
0.70 ± 0.10  
(.028 ± .004)  
0.70 ± 0.10  
(.028 ± .004)  
ADJ. SLOT  
WIDTH  
0.45  
(.018)  
TRS max. ........................................±5%  
Load Life  
.............@ 70°C rated power 500 hours  
TRS ±5%  
Rotational Cycling......................10 turns  
TRS ±15%  
0.35  
(.014)  
0.56  
(.022)  
0.35 ± 0.10  
(.014 ± .004)  
1.60  
(.063)  
Physical Characteristics  
1.60  
(.063)  
Torque.........................10-150g-cm max.  
Mechanical Angle .................Continuous  
Marking......................Part marking code  
Standard Packaging  
1.20  
(.047)  
1.20  
(.047)  
1.40  
(.055)  
1.40  
(.055)  
0.50  
(.020)  
0.50  
(.020)  
...................................2000 pcs./7” reel  
Adjustment Tool ..............................H-91  
0.65  
(.026)  
0.65  
(.026)  
*”FLUORINERT” IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF 3M CO.  
0.75  
0.90  
0.75  
(.030)  
(.030)  
(.035)  
0.90  
(.035)  
1.90  
(.075)  
1.90  
(.075)  
How To Order  
3302 X - 2 - 103 E  
SUGGESTED PWB LAYOUT  
SUGGESTED PWB LAYOUT  
Model  
1.20  
(.047)  
Style  
1.20  
(.047)  
Orientation of Parts  
In Tape:  
Style W: Terminals Toward  
Sprocket Holes  
0.65  
(.026)  
0.65  
(.026)  
1.75  
(.069)  
1.75  
(.069)  
0.90  
(.035)  
0.90  
(.035)  
Standard or Modified  
Product Indicator  
-1 = Single Slot  
-2 = Cross Slot Rotor (Std. Product)  
0.75  
(.030)  
0.75  
(.030)  
1.70  
(.067)  
1.70  
(.067)  
Resistance Code  
1.90  
(.075)  
1.90  
(.075)  
Embossed Tape Designator  
Consult factory for other available options.  
SHADED AREAS TYPICALLY NOT STOCKED BY  
DISTRIBUTORS AND NOT RECOMMENDED FOR NEW  
DESIGNS.  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
32  
3302 - Packaging Specifications  
Standard Resistance Table  
2.26 ± 0.20  
(.089 ± .008)  
MAX.  
0.60  
(.024)  
MAX.  
Resistance  
(Ohms)  
Part Marking Resistance  
Code  
Code  
200  
500  
22  
52  
201  
501  
1,000  
2,000  
5,000  
10,000  
20,000  
13  
23  
53  
14  
24  
102  
202  
502  
103  
203  
3.50 ± 0.10  
(.138 ± .004)  
4.00 ± 0.10  
(.157 ± .004)  
50,000  
54  
15  
25  
55  
16  
503  
104  
204  
504  
105  
100,000  
200,000  
500,000  
1,000,000  
4.00 ± 0.10  
(.157 ± .004)  
2.00 ± 0.05  
(.079 ± .002)  
Popular values listed in boldface.  
2.44 ± 0.20  
(.096 ± .008)  
1.75 ± 0.10  
2.90 ± 0.20  
(.069 ± .004)  
(.114 ± .008)  
8.00 ± 0.31  
(.315 ± .012)  
TAPE  
178.0 ± 2.00  
(7.008 ± .079)  
DIA.  
1.20 ± 0.50  
(.047 ± .020)  
50.03  
(1.970)  
MIN. DIA.  
9.00 ± 1.50  
(.354 ± .059)  
12.95 ± 0.51  
(.510 ± .020)  
DIA.  
REEL  
Meets EIA 481  
WIPER  
2
CW  
CCW  
3
1
CLOCKWISE  
TOLERANCES: ± 0.25 (.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED  
METRIC  
(INCHES)  
DIMENSIONS ARE:  
33  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
Rear adjust version available  
Features  
Recommended for reflow processing  
3mm size meets EIA/EIAJ standard  
trimmer footprint  
Rotor design compatible with pick and  
place and automatic adjustment  
equipment  
Supplied in 8mm embossed tape,  
compatible with automatic assembly  
equipment  
3303 - 3mm SMD Trimming Potentiometer  
Electrical Characteristics  
3303W, X-1  
3303W, X-3  
3mm Open Frame  
for Reflow Soldering  
3-Terminal  
3mm Open Frame  
for Reflow Soldering  
3-Terminal  
Standard Resistance Range  
..................................100 to 1 megohm  
(see standard resistance table)  
Resistance Tolerance .............±25% std.  
Absolute Minimum Resistance  
1K Ohms ......................20 ohms max.  
>1K Ohms .....................2% max. of TR  
Contact Resistance Variation ...5% max.  
Resolution...................................Infinite  
Adjustment Angle ....................260° ±20°  
3.00  
(.118)  
Low Profile  
3.75  
(.148)  
1.85  
3.00  
2.50 ± 0.15  
(.098 ± .006)  
3.75  
(.148) 1.85  
(.073)  
(.118)  
2
2
(.073)  
.0.55 ± 0.15  
(.022 ± .006)  
3.00  
(.188)  
1.50  
(.059)  
1.50  
(.060)  
Environmental Characteristics  
1.90  
(.075)  
Resistance to Soldering Heat  
.......260°C, 10 seconds, TRS max. 5%  
Power Rating (50 VDC max.)  
70°C .......................................0.15 watt  
Temperature Range  
1.90  
(.075)  
3
1
3
1
ADJ SLOT  
2.80  
(.110)  
2.50 ± .15  
(.098 ± .006)  
LONG  
WIDE  
DEEP  
1.40  
(.055)  
MAX.  
1.55  
(.061)  
.55 ± .15  
X
(.022 ± .006)  
....................................-40°C to +125°C  
Temperature Coefficient  
0.30 ± 0.15  
(.012 ± .006)  
1.35  
(.053)  
.30 ± .15  
X
(.012 ± .006)  
..........................................±250ppm/°C  
Humidity .....................................95% RH  
500 hours  
0.90  
(.035)  
TRS max. ........................................±5%  
Load Life  
.............@ 70°C rated power 500 hours  
TRS ±5%  
Rotational Cycling......................20 turns  
TRS ±15%  
1.20  
(.047)  
0.95  
1.10  
1.10  
(.043)  
0.95  
(.037)  
(.037)  
(.043)  
Physical Characteristics  
Torque.........................20-200g-cm max.  
Mechanical Angle .................Continuous  
Marking......................Part marking code  
Standard Packaging  
...................................2000 pcs./7” reel  
Adjustment Tool ..............................H-90  
0.90  
(.035)  
0.90  
(.035)  
0.98  
(.039)  
0.99  
(.039)  
0.80  
(.031)  
0.80  
(.031)  
0.90  
(.035)  
0.90  
(.035)  
0.90  
(.035)  
0.90  
(.035)  
SUGGESTED PWB LAYOUT  
How To Order  
1.60  
(.063)  
3303 X - 3 - 103 E  
WIPER  
2
0.90  
(.035)  
0.99  
(.039)  
CW  
CCW  
3
1
Model  
Style  
1.50  
(.059)  
CLOCKWISE  
Orientation of Parts In Tape:  
Styles W, C -Terminals Toward  
Sprocket Holes  
Styles X, D - Terminals Away  
From Sprocket Holes (prefered)  
0.80  
(.031)  
1.20  
(.047)  
3.20  
(.126)  
Standard or Modified  
Product Indicator  
-1 = Single Slot  
*-2 = Cross Slot Rotor (Optional)  
-3 = Cross Slot Low Profile (Standard)  
TOLERANCES: ± 0.30 (.012) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED  
Resistance Code  
METRIC  
(INCHES)  
DIMENSIONS ARE:  
Embossed Tape Designator  
Consult factory for other available options.  
*Not available in C and D styles  
SHADED AREAS TYPICALLY NOT STOCKED BY  
DISTRIBUTORS AND NOT RECOMMENDED FOR NEW  
DESIGNS.  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
34  
3303 - Dimensions and Tolerances  
3303W, X-2  
3mm Open Frame  
Packaging Specifications  
3303C,D  
3-Terminal  
2.00 ± 0.20  
(.079 ± .008)  
MAX.  
for Reflow Soldering  
Both Sides Adjust  
(OPTIONAL)  
0.60  
MAX.  
(.024)  
3-Terminal  
(OPTIONAL)  
3.00  
(.118)  
3.75  
(.148)  
1.85  
3.00  
(.118)  
2.50 ± 0.15  
(.098 ± .006)  
3.75  
(.148)  
1.85  
2
3.50 ± 0.10  
(.138 ± .004)  
(.073)  
(.073)  
.0.55 ± 0.15  
(.022 ± .006)  
4.00 ± 0.010  
(.157 ± .004)  
3.00  
(.118)  
1.50  
(.059)  
ADJ SLOT  
4.00 ± 0.10  
(.157 ± .004)  
1.59  
(.060)  
2.50 ± .15  
(.098 ± .006)  
2.00 ± 0.05  
(.078 ± .002)  
LONG  
WIDE  
DEEP  
ADJ SLOT  
1.90  
(.075)  
1.90  
(.075)  
3
1
.55 ± .15  
(.022 ± .006)  
2.50 ± .15  
(.098 ± .006)  
2
3
1
LONG  
WIDE  
DEEP  
X
X
2.80  
(.110)  
.30 ± .15  
(.012 ± .006)  
.55 ± .15  
(.022 ± .006)  
X
X
1.40  
(.055)  
MAX.  
3.30 ± 0.20  
(.130 ± .008)  
0.31  
(.012)  
2.01  
(.079)  
.30 ± .15  
(.012 ± .006)  
0.31 ± 0.15  
(.012 ± .006)  
1.75 ± 0.10  
(.069 ± .004)  
0.51  
(.020)  
3.99 ± 0.20  
(.157 ± .008)  
1.35  
(.053)  
8.00 ± 0.31  
0.90  
(.314 ± .012)  
(.035)  
TAPE  
1.31  
(.051)  
DIA.  
178.0 ± 2.00  
(6.980 ± .078)  
DIA.  
1.20 ± 0.50  
(.047 ± .020)  
0.41  
(.016)  
1.19  
0.95  
(.037)  
0.95  
(.037)  
(.047)  
50.03  
(1.962)  
MIN. DIA  
0.90  
0.90  
(.035)  
(.035)  
1.10  
(.043)  
0.80  
1.10  
(.043)  
0.80  
(.031)  
0.99  
(.039)  
8.89 ± 1.52  
(.350 ± .060)  
12.95 ± 0.51  
(.508 ± .020)  
DIA.  
(.031)  
0.56  
(.022)  
0.56  
(.022)  
0.90  
(.035)  
REEL  
Meets EIA 481  
0.90  
(.035)  
0.56  
(.022)  
TOLERANCES: ± 0.25 (.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED  
SUGGESTED PWB LAYOUT  
SUGGESTED PWB LAYOUT  
METRIC  
(INCHES)  
1.60  
(.063)  
1.40  
(.055)  
DIMENSIONS ARE:  
2.30  
(.091)  
0.90  
(.035)  
1.10  
(.043)  
1.80  
(.071)  
0.98  
(.039)  
1.10  
(.043)  
DIA.  
Standard Resistance Table  
1.50  
(.059)  
Resistance  
(Ohms)  
Part Marking Resistance  
Code  
Code  
100  
200  
500  
1,000  
2,000  
5,000  
10,000  
20,000  
12  
22  
52  
13  
23  
53  
14  
24  
54  
15  
25  
55  
16  
101  
201  
501  
102  
202  
502  
103  
203  
503  
104  
204  
504  
105  
0.80  
(.031)  
1.60  
(.047)  
2.30  
(.091)  
1.70  
(.067)  
3.20  
(.126)  
0.70  
(.028)  
3.20  
(.126)  
50,000  
100,000  
200,000  
500,000  
1,000,000  
TOLERANCES: ± 0.30 (.012) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED  
TOLERANCES: ± 0.38 (.015) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED  
METRIC  
(INCHES)  
DIMENSIONS ARE:  
METRIC  
(INCHES)  
Popular values listed in boldface.  
DIMENSIONS ARE:  
SHADED AREAS TYPICALLY NOT STOCKED BY  
DISTRIBUTORS AND NOT RECOMMENDED FOR NEW  
DESIGNS.  
35  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
Front and top adjust styles  
Features  
6mm Round / Single-Turn / Cermet  
Industrial / Open Frame  
Cross slot adjustment options  
Horizontal and vertical mounting styles  
Dust resistant/splash resistant covers  
PC board stand-offs and retention feature  
3306 - 6mm Round Trimming Potentiometer  
Electrical Characteristics  
ADJ.  
CROSS SLOT  
.80 ± .15  
(.031 ± .006)  
3.4 ± .15  
(.134 ± .006)  
2.01 ± .15  
(.079 ± .006)  
Top Adjust  
Side Adjust  
Common Dimensions  
Common Dimensions  
Standard Resistance Range  
..................................100 to 1 megohm  
(see standard resistance table)  
Resistance Tolerance .............±25% std.  
Absolute Minimum Resistance  
.....................2% max. (2K = 30 ohms)  
Contact Resistance Variation ...3% max.  
Resolution.....................................Infinite  
Adjustment Angle ...................215° nom.  
WIDE  
LONG  
6.81 ± .51  
(.268 ± .020)  
3.4  
(.134)  
6.81 ± .51  
(.268 ± .020)  
X
X
DEEP  
8.10 ± .51  
(.319 ± .020)  
8.4 ± .51  
5.0 ± .51  
(.197 ± .020)  
(.331 ± .020)  
ADJ.  
CROSS SLOT  
.80 ± .15  
MOUNTING  
SURFACE  
3.0  
(.118)  
1
2
3
WIDE  
LONG  
(.031 ± .006)  
3.4 ± .15  
(.134 ± .006)  
2.01 ± .15  
2.5  
(.098)  
5.0  
(.197)  
Environmental Characteristics  
X
X
Power Rating (100 volts max.)  
DEEP  
70°C .........................................0.2 watt  
Temperature Range ......-25°C to +100°C  
Temperature Coefficient .....±250ppm/°C  
Load Life ..1,000 hours 0.2 watt @ 70°C  
(5% TR)  
(.079 ± .006)  
3306W  
3
1
2
2.5  
(.098)  
Physical Characteristics  
2
5.0  
Mechanical Angle ....................260° ±20°  
Torque (Operating)...........4.5 oz-in. max.  
Stop Strength ..................6.5 oz -in. min.  
Terminals ........................Solderable pins  
Marking ...........................Manufacturers  
trademark, resistance code  
(.197)  
2.50 ± .51  
(.098 ± .020)  
3306P  
4.5 ± .51  
(.177 ± .020)  
3306K  
7.62 ± .76  
Standard Packaging ....300 pcs. per bag  
Adjustment Tool ..............................H-90  
Aqueous cleaning not recommended  
MOUNTING  
SURFACE  
(.300 ± .030)  
3.51  
(.138)  
2
2
2.50 ± .51  
(.098 ± .020)  
3.05 ± .76  
(.120 ± .030)  
2.50 ± .51  
(.098 ± .020)  
How To Order  
3306 W - 1 - 103  
4.5 ± .51  
(.177 ± .020)  
3306F  
Model  
Style  
SUGGESTED PWB LAYOUT - STYLES K, P, W  
Standard Product  
Resistance Code  
7.62 ± .76  
(.300 ± .030)  
MOUNTING  
SURFACE  
2.50 ± .18  
1.0 ± .10  
DIA. 3 PLCS.  
(.098 ± .007)  
(.039 ± .004)  
3.51  
Standard Resistance Table  
(.138)  
2
2.50 ± .18  
(.098 ± .007)  
5.0 ± .51  
(.197 ± .020)  
Resistance  
(Ohms)  
Resistance  
Code  
5.0 ± .18  
(.197 ± .007)  
100  
101  
201  
501  
102  
202  
502  
103  
203  
253  
503  
104  
200  
SUGGESTED PWB LAYOUT - STYLE F  
500  
1,000  
2,000  
5,000  
10,000  
20,000  
25,000  
50,000  
100,000  
WIPER  
2
1.0 ± .10  
DIA. 3 PLCS.  
(.039 ± .004)  
5.0 ± .18  
(.197 ± .007)  
CW  
CCW  
3
1
CLOCKWISE  
2.50 ± .18  
(.098 ± .007)  
200,000  
250,000  
500,000  
1,000,000  
204  
254  
504  
105  
TOLERANCES: ± 0.25 (.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED  
5.0 ± .18  
(.197 ± .007)  
METRIC  
(INCHES)  
DIMENSIONS ARE:  
Popular values listed in boldface. Special  
resistances available.  
SHADED AREA NOT TYPICALLY STOCKED BY  
DISTRIBUTORS AND NOT RECOMMENDED FOR NEW  
DESIGNS.  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
36  
Dust resistant/splash resistant covers  
PC board stand-offs and retention feature  
Features  
9mm Round / Single-Turn / Cermet  
Industrial / Open Frame  
Both sides adjust  
Cross slot and hexagon adjustment  
designs  
Horizontal and vertical mounting styles  
3309 - 9mm Round Trimming Potentiometer  
Top/Bottom Adjust  
Common Dimensions  
3309P  
3309P-3 Both Sides Adjust Hex  
Electrical Characteristics  
Standard Resistance Range  
................................100 to 2 megohms  
(see standard resistance table)  
9.0 ± .51  
(.354 ± .020)  
9.0 ± .51  
(.354 ± .020)  
Resistance Tolerance .............±25% std.  
Absolute Minimum Resistance  
.....................2% max. (2K = 30 ohms)  
Contact Resistance Variation ...3% max.  
Resolution.....................................Infinite  
Adjustment Angle ...................235° nom.  
11.5 ± .51  
(.453 ± .020)  
5.0  
(.197)  
11.5 ± .51  
(.453 ± .020)  
5.0  
(.197)  
ADJ.  
CROSS SLOT  
.80 ± .15  
(.031 ± .006)  
3.4 ± .15  
(.134 ± .006)  
2.0 ± .15  
(.079 ± .006)  
WIDE  
LONG  
X
X
Environmental Characteristics  
DEEP  
Power Rating (250 volts max.)  
70°C .........................................0.5 watt  
Temperature Range ......-25°C to +100°C  
Temperature Coefficient .....±250ppm/°C  
Load Life ................1,000 hours 0.5 watt  
@ 70°C (5% TR)  
3
3
1
2
1
2.5  
(.098)  
2.5  
(.098)  
2
5.0  
(.197)  
5.0  
(.197)  
Physical Characteristics  
Mechanical Angle .....................260°±20°  
Torque (Operating)..............5 oz-in. max.  
Stop Strength ................11.0 oz -in. min.  
Terminals ........................Solderable pins  
Marking ...........................Manufacturers  
trademark, resistance code  
3309P-1 Top Adjust  
5.80 ± .51  
(.228 ± .020)  
MOUNTING  
SURFACE  
Standard Packaging ....200 pcs. per bag  
Adjustment Tool ..............................H-90  
Aqueous cleaning not recommended  
6.35 ± .51  
(.250 ± .020)  
MOUNTING  
SURFACE  
2
4.0  
(.157)  
10.34 ± .51  
(.407 ± .020)  
2
4.0  
(.157)  
10.34 ± .51  
(.407 ± .020)  
2.0  
(.079)  
HEX THRU HOLE  
ACROSS FLATS  
How To Order  
3309 W - 2 - 103  
3309P-2 Both Sides Adjust/Cross Slot  
Model  
Pin Style  
5.8 ± .51  
(.228 ± .020)  
MOUNTING  
SURFACE  
Rotor Style  
-2 = Cross Slot/Single Slot Rear Adjust  
-3 = 2mm Hex Thru Hole  
Resistance Code  
2
4.0  
(.157)  
10.34 ± .51  
(.407 ± .020)  
SUGGESTED PWB LAYOUT - 3309P  
1.2 ± .18  
(.047 ± .007)  
DIA. 3 PLCS.  
2.29 ± .51  
(.090 ± .020)  
10.0 ± .18  
(.394 ± .007)  
4.0  
(.157)  
2.5 ± .18  
DIA. -2, -3 ONLY  
(.098 ± .007)  
1.2  
(.047)  
5.0 ± .18  
(.197 ± .007)  
TOLERANCES: ± 0.25 (.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED  
METRIC  
(INCHES)  
DIMENSIONS ARE:  
WIPER  
2
CW  
CCW  
3
1
CLOCKWISE  
37  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
3309 - 9mm Round Trimming Potentiometer  
Side Adjust Common  
Dimensions  
3309W  
3309W-3 Both Sides Adjust Hex  
Standard Resistance Table  
ADJ.  
CROSS SLOT  
.80 ± .15  
(.031 ± .006)  
3.4 ± .15  
(.134 ± .006)  
2.0 ± .15  
Resistance  
(Ohms)  
Resistance  
Code  
WIDE  
LONG  
9.0 ± .51  
(.354 ± .020)  
100  
200  
500  
101  
201  
501  
X
X
9.0 ± .51  
(.354 ± .020)  
DEEP  
1,000  
102  
202  
502  
103  
203  
253  
503  
104  
(.079 ± .006)  
12.5 ± .51  
(.492 ± .020)  
11.0 ± .51  
2,000  
(.433 ± .020)  
5,000  
8.0 ± .51  
12.5 ± .51  
(.492 ± .020)  
10,000  
20,000  
25,000  
50,000  
100,000  
11.0 ± .51  
(.433 ± .020)  
(.315 ± .020)  
MOUNTING  
SURFACE  
8.0 ± .51  
(.315 ± .020)  
3
4.0  
1
(.157)  
MOUNTING  
SURFACE  
200,000  
250,000  
500,000  
1,000,000  
2,000,000  
204  
254  
504  
105  
205  
3
2
4.0  
(.157)  
2.5  
1
5.0  
(.098)  
2
(.197)  
2.5  
(.098)  
5.0  
(.197)  
Popular values listed in boldface. Special  
resistances available.  
SHADED AREA NOT TYPICALLY STOCKED BY  
DISTRIBUTORS AND NOT RECOMMENDED FOR NEW  
DESIGNS.  
3309W-1 Single Side (Front) Adjust  
4.22  
(.166)  
2
2.5  
(.098)  
4.72  
2
(.186)  
2.5  
(.098)  
2.01  
(.079)  
ACROSS FLATS  
HEX THRU HOLE  
3309W-2 Both Sides Adjust - Cross Slot  
4.22  
(.166)  
2
SUGGESTED PWB LAYOUT - 3309W  
2.5  
(.098)  
2.29  
(.090)  
1.20 ± .18  
(.047 ± .007)  
DIA. 3 PLCS.  
2.5 ± .18  
(.098 ± .007)  
.71  
(.028)  
2.5 ± .18  
(.098 ± .007)  
5.0 ± .18  
(.197 ± .007)  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
38  
Patent #5043695 assembly for seal  
integrity  
Features  
Surface Mount 3mm Square  
Single-Turn Cermet / Sealed  
Plastic housing for RF applications  
Compatible with surface mount manufac-  
turing processes  
Rotor stop for “in-circuit” adjustment  
100 cycle rotational and seal life  
3313 - 3mm Trimming Potentiometer  
3313S  
3313J  
Electrical Characteristics  
3.20 ± .20  
(.126 ± .008)  
Standard Resistance Range  
2
Position Rotor As Shown  
Within ±11° Of Centerline  
Of Terminal 2  
........................10 ohms to 2 megohms  
(see standard resistance table)  
Resistance Tolerance .............±20% std.  
End Resistance........1% or 3 ohms max.  
(whichever is greater)  
ADJ. SLOT  
.52  
3.5 ± .20  
(.138 ± .008)  
3.61 ± .20  
(.142 ± .008)  
WIDE  
(.020)  
1.93  
(.076)  
.51  
3.02  
(.119)  
LONG  
DEEP  
X
X
ADJ. SLOT  
.52 ± 0.03  
(.020 ± .001)  
3
1
WIDE  
LONG  
Contact Resistance Variation  
(.020)  
........................................3% or 3 ohms  
Adjustability  
1.93 ± 0.03  
(.076 ± .001)  
.51 ± 0.06  
(.020 ± .002)  
X
1.3 ± .10  
(.051 ± .004)  
X
Voltage Divider............................±0.1%  
Rheostat .....................................±0.2%  
Resolution.....................................Infinite  
Insulation Resistance ................500 vdc.  
100 megohms min.  
DEEP  
0.90 ± .15  
(.035 ± .006)  
2 PLCS  
3
0.90 ± .15  
(.035 ± .006)  
2
1
0.65 ± 0.10  
(.026 ± .004)  
2 PLCS  
3.71  
(.146)  
Dielectric Strength  
2.30 ± .20  
(.091 ± .008)  
2.77  
(.109)  
Sea Level ..................................500 vac  
70,000 Feet...............................350 vac  
Adjustment Angle ...................220° nom.  
2.2 ± .20  
(.087 ± .008)  
5.35  
(.211)  
Environmental Characteristics  
1.30  
(.051)  
Max. Soldering Exposure  
...................................260°C/5 seconds  
Power Rating (200 volts max.)  
0.15 ± 0.03  
(.006 ± .001)  
0.15  
(.006)  
70°C .....................................0.125 watt  
125°C ..........................................0 watt  
Operating Temp. Range...-55°C to+125°C  
Temperature Coefficient  
......................100 ohms ±150ppm/°C;  
>100 ohms ±100ppm/°C  
Seal Test ........................85°C Fluorinert*  
Humidity .......MIL-STD 202, Method 106  
(no vibration) TRS ±3% ;  
0.71 ± 0.20  
(.028 ± .008)  
RECOMMENDED LAND PATTERN  
TYP  
1.60  
(.063)  
1.60  
(.063)  
1.15  
(.045)  
TYP  
4.50  
(.177)  
0.60  
(.024)  
0.65  
(.026)  
1.60  
2.39  
(.094)  
IR 10 megohms  
(.063)  
1.10  
( 043)  
1.10  
( 043)  
Vibration .........20G TRS ±1% ; VRS ±1%  
Shock ...........100G TRS ±1% ; VRS ±1%  
Load Life ...............................1000 hours  
@ 70°C Rated Power;TRS ± 3%  
Rotational Life .......100 cycles TRS ±3%  
Thermal Shock...........................5 cycles  
TRS ±2% ; VRS ±1%  
RECOMMENDED LAND PATTERN  
TOLERANCES: ± 0.25 (.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED  
1.57  
(.062)  
1.57  
(.062)  
3 PLCS  
METRIC  
(INCHES)  
DIMENSIONS ARE:  
2.62  
(.103)  
Physical Characteristics  
Mechanical Angle ...................250° nom.  
Torque ................................50g-cm max.  
Stop Strength....................200g-cm min.  
Pushover Strength (S” only)  
1.12  
(.044)  
2 PLCS  
How To Order  
2.39  
(.094)  
3313 J - 1 - 502 E  
...........1.6 Kilograms (3.5 lbs) minimum  
Flammability...........................U.L. 94V-0  
Weight...........................Approx. 0.01 oz.  
Marking ........................Resistance code  
and date code  
Wiper .......................Set at 50% nominal  
Standard Packaging .....1000 pcs./7”reel  
Adjustment Tool ..............................H-91  
Model  
Style  
Standard or Modified  
Product Indicator  
WIPER  
2
-1 = Standard Product  
CW  
CCW  
3
1
Resistance Code  
CLOCKWISE  
Embossed Tape  
1000 pcs. / 7” Reel (Standard)  
*”FLUORINERT” IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF 3M CO.  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
39  
3313 - 3mm Trimming Potentiometer  
3313 Packaging Specifications  
3313S Packaging Specifications  
Standard Resistance Table  
5.80 ± 0.10  
(.228 ± .004)  
4.0 ± 0.10  
(.157 ± .004)  
Resistance  
(Ohms)  
10  
20  
50  
Part Marking  
Code  
Resistance  
Code  
2.50 ± .10  
(.098 ± .004)  
A1  
21  
51  
100  
200  
500  
.40  
(.016)  
MAX.  
.30 ± 0.10  
100  
A2  
22  
52  
A3  
23  
53  
A4  
24  
54  
A5  
101  
201  
501  
102  
202  
502  
103  
203  
503  
104  
(.012 ± .004)  
5.52 ± 0.18  
200  
500  
(.217 ± .007)  
5° ± 2°  
4.20 ± .020  
(.165 ± .008)  
1,000  
2,000  
5,000  
10,000  
20,000  
50,000  
100,000  
4.0 ± 0.10  
(.157 ± .004)  
7.50 ± 0.10  
(.295 ± .004)  
2.0 ± 0.10  
(.079 ± .004)  
200,000  
25  
55  
A6  
26  
204  
504  
105  
205  
2.00 ± .010  
(.079 ± .004)  
500,000  
1,000,000  
2,000,000  
1.5 ± 0.10  
(.059 ± .004)  
3.8 ± 0.2  
(.150 ± .008)  
12.00 ± 0.10  
(.472 ± .004)  
Popular values listed in boldface. Special  
resistances available.  
4.00 ± .10  
(.157 ± .004)  
1.5 ± 0.20  
(.059 ± .008)  
SHADED AREA NOT TYPICALLY STOCKED BY  
DISTRIBUTORS AND NOT RECOMMENDED FOR NEW  
DESIGNS.  
1.75 ± 0.10  
(.069 ± .004)  
1.5 ± .10  
(.059 ± .004)  
DIA.  
DIA.  
12.0 ± 0.20  
(.472 ± .008)  
1.5 ± 0.20  
(.059 ± .008)  
TAPE  
2.67  
(.105)  
4.10 ± 0.20  
(.161 ± .008)  
178.0 ± 2.03  
(7.008 ± .080)  
DIA.  
16.00 ± .30  
(.630 ± .012)  
TAPE  
2.67  
(.105)  
177.8 ± 2.03  
(7.000 ± .080)  
DIA.  
EQUAL  
SPACED  
1.78  
(.070)  
3 PLCS  
MIN.  
60.0 ± 2.0  
(2.362 ± .079)  
EQUAL  
SPACED  
1.78  
(.070)  
3 PLCS  
MIN.  
21.01 ± 0.79  
(.827 ± .031)  
13.0 ± 0.51  
(.512 ± .020)  
DIA.  
12.40 + 2.00/ -.000  
(.488 + .079/ -.000)  
60.0 ± 2.0  
(2.330 ± .080)  
REEL  
Meets EIA 481  
21.01 ± 0.79  
(.827 ± .031)  
13.00 ± 0.51  
(.512 ± .020)  
TOLERANCES: ± 0.25 (.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED  
DIA.  
16.40 + 2.00/ -.000  
(.646 + .079/ -.000)  
METRIC  
DIMENSIONS ARE:  
REEL  
(INCHES)  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
40  
J-hook, gull-wing and pinned  
configurations  
Features  
Surface Mount / Single Turn / Cermet  
Industrial / Sealed  
Side adjust available  
Cross-slot rotor (Z Style)  
Compatible with surface mount  
manufacturing processes  
Meets EIA/EIAJ/IPC/VRCI SMD standard  
trimmer designs  
Compatible with popular vacuum  
pick-and-place equipment  
3314 - 4mm Square Trimming Potentiometer  
3314R-1  
3314J -1  
Electrical Characteristics  
5.00  
(.197)  
Standard Resistance Range  
4.50  
(.177)  
2
2.55  
(.100)  
.......................10 ohms to 2 megohms  
(see standard resistance table)  
Resistance Tolerance .............±20% std.  
(tighter tolerance available)  
End Resistance........1% or 2 ohms max.  
(whichever is greater)  
2
0.20  
(.008)  
TYP.  
4.50  
(.177)  
4.50  
(.177)  
6.20  
(.244)  
Contact Resistance Variation  
ADJ. SLOT  
.......................................1% or 3 ohms  
Resolution.....................................Infinite  
Insulation Resistance ................500 vdc.  
100 megohms min.  
2.45  
(.096)  
.51  
LONG  
WIDE  
DEEP  
3
1
ADJUSTMENT SLOT  
3
1
2.45  
LONG  
(.096)  
X
X
(.020)  
.51  
0.51  
X
X
WIDE  
DEEP  
(.020)  
Dielectric Strength  
(.020)  
0.51  
(.020)  
Sea Level.................500 vac (1 minute)  
Adjustment Angle ...................210° nom.  
2.35  
(.093)  
0.8 ± 0.1  
(.031 ± .004)  
2 PLCS.  
2.3  
(.091)  
2.55  
1.3  
(.051)  
Environmental Characteristics  
Soldering Heat  
0.51 ± 0.13  
(.020 ± .005)  
2 PLCS.  
TYP.  
.............260°C, 10 seconds, TRS ±1%  
Power Rating (300 volts max.)  
70°C.......................................0.25 watt  
125°C..........................................0 watt  
Temperature Range ......-55°C to +125°C  
Temperature Coefficient .....±100ppm/°C  
Humidity..............................90-98% RH,  
10 cycles, 240 hours  
1.0  
(.040)  
3 PLCS.  
5.00  
(.197)  
4.00  
(.157)  
0.51 ± 0.13  
(.020 ± .005)  
TYP.  
1.30 ± 0.1  
(.051 ± .004)  
2.0  
0.13  
(.005)  
R
MAX. TYP.  
(.079)  
5.00  
(.197)  
2.0  
(.079)  
3 PLCS.  
0.20  
(.008)  
TYP.  
TRS ±2% ; IR 10 megohms  
Vibration .........20G TRS ±1% ; VRS ±1%  
Shock ...........100G TRS ±1% ; VRS ±1%  
Load Life  
......(@ 70°C Rated Power 1000 Hours)  
TRS ±3%  
2.35  
(.092)  
3314G-1  
0.80 ± 0.10  
(.031 ± .004)  
2 PLCS.  
2.55  
(.100)  
4.50  
(.177)  
2
0.20  
(.008)  
TYP.  
Rotational Life ........................100 cycles  
TRS ±3%  
6.20  
Thermal Shock..........................5 cycles  
TRS ±2% ; VRS ±1%  
(.244)  
4.50  
(.177)  
0.6  
(.024)  
TYP.  
Physical Characteristics  
1.30 ± 0.10  
(.051 ± .004)  
Mechanical Angle ...................240° nom.  
Torque ...........................180g-cm typical  
Stop Strength ................300g-cm typical  
Pushover Strength (Z Style)  
.............2 kilograms (4.4 lbs.) minimum  
Weight ................Approximately 0.01 oz.  
Marking .................Manufacturers code,  
resistance code and date code  
Wiper ...........Positioned at 50% nominal  
Flammability...........................U.L. 94V-0  
Standard Packaging  
J & G ...........................500 pcs./7” reel  
Z ..................................200 pcs./7” reel  
H.......................................50 pcs./tube  
Adjustment Tool ..............................H-90  
5° MAX.  
TYP.  
5.00  
(.197)  
ADJ. SLOT  
3
1
2.45  
(.096)  
.51  
(.020)  
.51  
(.020)  
LONG  
2.3  
(.090)  
2.35  
(.093)  
WIDE  
DEEP  
X
2.3  
(.091)  
1.3  
(.051)  
2 PLCS.  
1.3  
(.051)  
2 PLCS.  
0.8 ± 0.1  
X
(.031 ± .004)  
2 PLCS.  
5.5  
5.5  
(.217)  
(.216)  
3.2  
(.126)  
THRU.  
6.20  
(.244)  
DIA.  
1.3  
(.051)  
2 PLCS.  
1.3  
(.051)  
3 PLCS.  
2.0  
(.079)  
2.0  
(.079)  
1.30 ± 0.1  
(.051 ± .004)  
5.00  
(.197)  
METRIC  
(INCHES)  
DIMENSIONS ARE:  
41  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
Additional Features  
Model 3314 has been approved for use  
by DESC on drawings 88039 (3314J) and  
90027 (3314G)  
3314 - 4mm Square Trimming Potentiometer  
3314Z  
3314H-1  
Packaging Specifications  
4.50  
(.177)  
2
ROTOR POSITIONED AS SHOWN  
WITHIN ± 22° OF CENTERLINE  
OF TERMINAL 2  
5.00 ± 0.10  
(.197 ± .004)  
OUTSIDE WHEN  
PINS ARE PARALLEL  
(J , G Styles)  
TAPE  
.36  
(.014)  
MAX.  
6.30  
(.248)  
4.50  
(.177)  
0.20  
(.008)  
TYP.  
2.74 ± .10  
(.108 ± .004)  
ADJUSTMENT SLOT  
5.52 ± 0.5  
(.217 ± .020)  
2.41  
LONG  
(.095)  
0.51  
(0.02)  
X
X
WIDE  
DEEP  
1
2
3
5.26 ± .10  
(.207 ± .004)  
6.45 ± .10  
1.5 + .10/ –.00  
DIA.  
(J)  
(.060 + .004/ - .000)  
0.51  
(0.02)  
ADJ. SLOT  
2.45  
3
1
2.55  
(.100)  
4.00  
(.157)  
(G)  
LONG  
TYP.  
(.254 ± .004)  
4.00 ± .10  
(.096)  
.51  
2.55  
(.100)  
(.157 ± .004)  
WIDE  
DEEP  
X
X
(.020)  
.55  
2.54  
(0.10)  
5.26 ± .10  
(.207 ± .004)  
1.27  
(0.50)  
(.022)  
2.55  
2.00 ± .05  
(.079 ± .020)  
1.19  
(0.047)  
(.100)  
0.6 ± 0.1  
(.024 ± .004)  
3 PLCS.  
3.18  
(.125)  
8.00 ± .20  
(.315 ± .008)  
1.29  
(0.051)  
5.00  
(.197)  
0.80  
1.75 ± .10  
(.031)  
DIA. TYP.  
(.069 ± .004)  
0.61  
(.024)  
12.00 ± .30  
5.00  
(.197)  
(.472 ± .012)  
5.01  
(.197)  
REEL  
WIPER  
3.32  
(0.131)  
2
1.78 ± .25  
EQUAL SPACED 3 PLCS.  
(.070) ± .010)  
CW  
CCW  
3
1
21.01 ± .79  
(.827 ± .031)  
DIA.  
CLOCKWISE  
13.0 ± .51  
2.67 ± .25  
(.105 ± .010)  
(.512 ± .020)  
5.76  
(0.227)  
TOLERANCES: ± 0.25 (.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED  
DIA.  
0.96  
(.038)  
3.08  
METRIC  
(0.121)  
DIMENSIONS ARE:  
(INCHES)  
59.18 ± 2.03  
(2.330 ± .080)  
5.56  
(0.219)  
SHADED AREAS TYPICALLY NOT STOCKED BY  
DISTRIBUTORS AND NOT RECOMMENDED FOR NEW  
DESIGNS.  
RECOMMENDED PCB LAYOUT  
2.54  
(0.10)  
How To Order  
1.3  
(0.051)  
2.01  
(.079)  
177.8 ± 2.03  
DIA.  
(7.000 ± .080)  
3314 J - 1 - 502 E  
12.4 + 2.01/ -.000  
(.488 + .079/ - .000)  
0.26  
(.010)  
Model  
Style  
Meets EIA specification 481.  
3.48  
(.137)  
Standard or Modified  
Product Indicator  
0.21  
(.008)  
-1 = Single Slot  
2.01  
(.079)  
-2 = Cross Slot Rotor  
(Style Z is standard,  
Styles J, G & H are available)  
2.01  
(.079)  
Resistance Code  
Embossed Tape Designator  
(Applicable to Styles J, G and S only)  
Styles J & G: 500 pcs. /7” reel (standard)  
Style Z: 200 pcs. /7” reel (standard)  
Consult factory for other available options.  
42  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
3314 - 4mm Square Trimming Potentiometer  
Packaging Specifications  
Packaging Specifications  
Standard Resistance Table  
Resistance  
(Ohms)  
Resistance  
Code  
(R Style)  
(Z Style)  
10  
20  
50  
100  
200  
500  
TAPE  
TAPE  
.30  
(0.12)  
0.40  
MAX.  
(.016)  
MAX.  
100  
101  
201  
501  
102  
202  
502  
103  
203  
503  
104  
204  
254  
504  
105  
205  
200  
500  
3.29 ± .10  
6° ± 2°  
1,000  
2,000  
5,000  
10,000  
20,000  
50,000  
100,000  
(.130 ± .004)  
5.52 ± 0.05  
(.217 ± .002)  
16.00 ± 0.3  
(.630 ± 0.012)  
1.5 + .10/ –.00  
(.059 + .004-.00)  
DIA.  
7.5  
(.295)  
6.45 ± 0.10  
(.254 ± .004)  
1.75  
(.069)  
0.5  
(.020)  
200,000  
250,000  
500,000  
1,000,000  
2,000,000  
R
TYP.  
4.00 ± .10  
(.157 ± .004)  
1.5 + 0.1/-0.0  
(0.59 +.004/-0.0)  
DIA.  
5.26 ± .10  
(.207 ± .004)  
12.0  
(.472)  
2.00 ± .05  
(.079 ± .002)  
Popular values listed in boldface. Special  
resistances available.  
1.50 + 0.30  
(.059 ± .012)  
DIA.  
5.5  
(.217)  
9.1  
(.358)  
SHADED AREAS TYPICALLY NOT STOCKED BY  
DISTRIBUTORS AND NOT RECOMMENDED FOR NEW  
DESIGNS.  
4.0  
(.157)  
1.75 ± .10  
(.068 ± .004)  
12.00 ± .30  
2.0  
(.079)  
(4.72 ± .012  
1.5  
(.059)  
6.0  
(.236)  
DIA.  
MIN.  
REEL  
1.78 ± .254  
(.070 ± .010)  
EQUAL SPACED  
3 PLCS.  
MAX.  
21.01 ± .789  
(.000 ± .000)  
DIA.  
2.67 ± .254  
(.105 ± .010)  
13.0 ± .508  
(.512 ± .020)  
B
DIA.  
REEL  
1.78 ± .25  
(.070) ± .010)  
59.18 ± 2.03  
(2.330 ± .080)  
21.01 ± .79  
(.827 ± .031)  
DIA.  
13.0 ± .51  
(.512 ± .020)  
DIA.  
2.67 ± .25  
(.105 ± .010)  
177.8 ± 2.03  
(7.00 ± .080)  
DIA. REF.  
59.18 ± 2.03  
(2.330 ± .080)  
12.4 + 2.01/ -.000  
(.488 + .079/-.000)  
Meets EIA specification 481.  
177.8 ± 2.03  
(7.000 ± .080)  
DIA.  
16.4 + 2.0/ -.00  
(.646 + .079/ - .00)  
TOLERANCES: ± 0.30 (.012) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED  
METRIC  
(INCHES)  
DIMENSIONS ARE:  
43  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
PC board stand-offs  
Features  
Single-Turn / Carbon / Commercial  
Adjustable front/back, top/bottom  
Open Frame  
Cross slot rotor design suitable for  
automatic adjustment equipment  
Board retention feature  
Enclosed cover  
3318 - 6mm Square Trimming Potentiometer  
3318F  
3318K  
Electrical Characteristics  
Standard Resistance Range  
.................................100 to 1 megohm  
(see standard resistance table)  
Resistance Tolerance ....................±30%  
Contact Resistance Variation  
FRONT VIEW  
FRONT VIEW  
6.40  
(.252)  
6.40  
(.252)  
0.80 ± 0.10  
(.031 ± .004)  
2
0.80 ± 0.10  
(.031 ± .004)  
3.20  
(.126)  
.............................................10% max.  
Resolution.....................................Infinite  
Adjustment Angle ....................210° ±20°  
3.50  
(.138)  
Environmental Characteristics  
1
3
Power Rating  
1
2
3
100-500K ohms ..............................50V  
>500K ohms ...................................25V  
50°C.........................................0.1 watt  
Temperature Range ......-25°C to +100°C  
Temperature Coefficient ...±1000ppm/°C  
Load Life ...1,000 hours 0.1 watt @ 70°C  
(20% TR)  
0.30  
(.012)  
0.80 ± 0.10  
(.031 ± .004)  
2.50  
(.098)  
0.75  
(.030)  
1.20  
(.047)  
2.50  
(.098)  
3.20  
DIA.  
0.75  
(.030)  
(.126)  
4.65  
(.183)  
8.00  
1.20  
(.047)  
(.315)  
Physical Characteristics  
6.35  
(.250)  
1.70  
(.067)  
Torque (Operating)..............20-250 g-cm  
Stop Strength  
3.50 ± 0.50  
(.138 ± .020)  
3.20  
(.126)  
DIA.  
Knob Side .............................750 g-cm  
Reverse Side .........................350g-cm  
Terminals ........................Solderable pins  
Marking ......Resistance code, date code  
Standard Packaging ....200 pcs. per bag  
Adjustment Tool ..............................H-90  
Aqueous cleaning not recommended  
MOUNTING  
SURFACE  
4.50  
(.177)  
1.70  
(.067)  
3.80  
(.150)  
0.40  
(.016)  
MOUNTING  
SURFACE  
REAR VIEW  
0.80 ± 0.10  
(.031 ± .004)  
1.85  
(.073)  
DIA.  
0.75  
(.030)  
0.75  
(.030)  
2.00 ± 0.10  
(.079 ± .004)  
How To Order  
REAR VIEW  
3318 K - 1 - 103  
0.60  
(.024)  
Model  
2.00 ± 0.10  
(.079 ± .004)  
0.60  
(.024)  
DIA.  
Style  
4.65  
(.183)  
Standard Product  
Resistance Code  
ADJUSTING  
DIRECTION  
SUGGESTED PWB LAYOUT  
1.00 + 0.10  
(.039 ± .004)  
Standard Resistance Table  
DIA.  
Resistance  
(Ohms)  
Resistance  
Code  
5.00  
(.197)  
100  
101  
201  
501  
102  
202  
502  
103  
203  
503  
104  
200  
SUGGESTED PWB LAYOUT  
500  
5.00  
(.197)  
1,000  
2,000  
5,000  
10,000  
20,000  
50,000  
100,000  
2.50  
(.098)  
1.00 + 0.10  
(.039 + .004)  
DIA.  
3 PLACES  
5.00  
(.197)  
WIPER  
2
200,000  
500,000  
1,000,000  
204  
504  
105  
CW  
CCW  
3
1
CLOCKWISE  
Popular values listed in boldface.  
TOLERANCES: ± 0.25 (.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED  
SHADED AREAS TYPICALLY NOT STOCKED BY  
DISTRIBUTORS AND NOT RECOMMENDED FOR NEW  
DESIGNS.  
METRIC  
(INCHES)  
DIMENSIONS ARE:  
44  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
Dust resistant/splash resistant covers  
Features  
9mm Round / Single Turn / Carbon  
PC board stand-offs and retention feature  
Commercial / Open Frame  
Both sides adjust  
Cross slot and hexagon adjustment  
designs  
Horizontal and vertical mounting styles  
3319 - 9mm Round Trimming Potentiometer  
3319P Common Dimensions  
3319P-3 Both Sides Adjust/Hex  
Electrical Characteristics  
Standard Resistance Range  
.................................100 to 1 megohm  
(see standard resistance table)  
9.0 ± .51  
(.354 ± .020)  
9.0 ± .51  
(.354 ± .020)  
Resistance Tolerance .............±25% std.  
End Resistance  
....................2% max. (2K = 30 ohms)  
Contact Resistance Variation  
...............................................3% max.  
Resolution.....................................Infinite  
Adjustment Angle ...................235° nom.  
11.5 ± .51  
(.453 ± .020)  
5.0  
(.197)  
11.5 ± .51  
(.453 ± .020)  
5.0  
(.197)  
ADJ.  
CROSS SLOT  
.80 ± .15  
(.031 ± .006)  
2.0 ± .15  
(.079 ± .006)  
3.4 ± .15  
WIDE  
DEEP  
X
X
LONG  
Environmental Characteristics  
(.134 ± .006)  
Power Rating (200 volts max.)  
70°C.........................................0.2 watt  
Temperature Range  
...................................-25°C to +100°C  
Temperature Coefficient  
3
3
2.5  
1
1
2
2
2.5  
(.098)  
(.098)  
5.0  
(.197)  
5.0  
(.197)  
.......................................±1000ppm/°C  
Load Life  
...............1,000 hours 0.2 watt @ 70°C  
(<100K = +3/-7% TR)  
5.8 ± .51  
(.228 ± .020)  
3319P-1 Top Adjust  
(100K = +3/-10% TR)  
MOUNTING  
SURFACE  
6.35 ± .51  
(.250 ± .020)  
Physical Characteristics  
Torque (Operating)  
.........................................5 oz-in. max.  
Stop Strength  
MOUNTING  
SURFACE  
2
4.0  
(.157)  
10.34 ± .51  
....................................11.0 oz -in. min.  
Terminals ........................Solderable pins  
Marking ...........................Manufacturers  
trademark, resistance code  
(.407 ± .020)  
2
4.0  
(.157)  
10.34 ± .51  
(.407 ± .020)  
Standard Packaging  
..................................200 pcs. per bag  
Adjustment Tool ..............................H-90  
HEX THRU HOLE  
2.0  
(.079 )  
ACROSS FLATS  
3319P-2 Both Sides Adjust/Cross Slot  
5.8 ± .51  
(.228 ± .020)  
Aqueous cleaning not recommended  
MOUNTING  
SURFACE  
SUGGESTED PWB LAYOUT - 3319P  
2
4.0  
(.157)  
How To Order  
10.34 ± .51  
3319 W - 2 - 103  
(.407 ± .020)  
Model  
1.2 ± .18  
(.047 ± .007)  
Pin Style  
10.0 ± .18  
(.394 ± .007)  
DIA. 3 PLCS.  
Rotor Style  
2.29 ± .51  
(.090 ± .020)  
-2 = Cross Slot/Single Slot Rear Adjust  
-3 = 2mm Hex Thru Hole  
4.0  
(.157)  
DIA. -2, -3 ONLY  
Resistance Code  
2.5 ± .18  
(.098 ± .007)  
5.0 ± .18  
1.2  
(.197 ± .007)  
(.047)  
TOLERANCES: ± 0.25 (.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED  
METRIC  
(INCHES)  
DIMENSIONS ARE:  
45  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
3319 - 9mm Round Trimming Potentiometer  
Side Adjust  
3319W-3 Both Sides Adjust/Hex  
ADJ.  
CROSS SLOT  
.80 ± .15  
(.031 ± .006)  
2.0 ± .15  
(.079 ± .006)  
3.4 ± .15  
Standard Resistance Table  
3319W-1  
Resistance  
(Ohms)  
Resistance  
Code  
WIDE  
DEEP  
9.0 ± .51  
(.354 ± .020)  
X
X
100  
101  
201  
501  
102  
202  
502  
103  
203  
503  
104  
9.0 ± .51  
(.354 ± .020)  
200  
LONG  
12.5 ± .51  
(.492 ± .021)  
8.0 ± .51  
(.134 ± .006)  
500  
11.0 ± .51  
(.433 ± .020)  
1,000  
2,000  
5,000  
10,000  
20,000  
50,000  
100,000  
12.5 ± .51  
(.492 ± .020)  
11.0 ± .51  
(.433 ± .020)  
(.315 ± .020)  
MOUNTING  
SURFACE  
8.0 ± .51  
(.315 ± .020)  
3
4.0  
(.157)  
1
MOUNTING  
SURFACE  
3
2
200,000  
500,000  
1,000,000  
204  
504  
105  
4.0  
(.157)  
2.5  
1
(.098)  
5.0  
2
(.197)  
2.5  
(.098)  
Popular values listed in boldface. Special  
resistances available.  
5.0  
(.197)  
SHADED AREAS TYPICALLY NOT STOCKED BY  
DISTRIBUTORS AND NOT RECOMMENDED FOR NEW  
DESIGNS.  
2.0  
(.079)  
HEX THRU HOLE  
ACROSS FLATS  
4.72  
(.186)  
2
2.50  
(.098)  
3319W-2 Both Sides Adjust /Cross Slot  
2.29  
(.090)  
4.22  
(.166)  
2
2.50  
(.098)  
.71  
(.028)  
SUGGESTED PWB LAYOUT - 3319W  
1.20 ± .18  
(.047 ± .007)  
DIA. 3 PLCS.  
2.5 ± .18  
(.098 ± .007)  
2.5 ± .18  
(.098 ± .007)  
4.22  
(.166)  
5.0 ± .18  
(.197 ± .007)  
2
2.50  
(.098)  
WIPER  
TOLERANCES: ± 0.25 (.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED  
2
METRIC  
(INCHES)  
CW  
CCW  
DIMENSIONS ARE:  
3
1
CLOCKWISE  
46  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
Plastic housing for RF applications  
Low profile  
Features  
Surface Mount / Single-Turn / Cermet  
Industrial / Sealed  
Patent #5043695 assembly for seal  
integrity  
Compatible with surface mount  
manufacturing processes  
Standoffs facilitate boardwashing and  
mechanical stability  
3324 - 4mm Square Trimming Potentiometer  
Electrical Characteristics  
How To Order  
3324G  
4.26  
(.168)  
Standard Resistance Range  
3324 J - 1 - 502 E  
2
.......................10 ohms to 2 megohms  
(see standard resistance table)  
Resistance Tolerance .............±20% std.  
(tighter tolerance available)  
Model  
Style  
4.36  
(.172)  
Standard or Modified  
Product Indicator  
End Resistance  
-1 = Standard Product  
..............................1% or 3 ohms max.  
(whichever is greater)  
Contact Resistance Variation  
..............................3% or 3 ohms max.  
(whichever is greater)  
Resistance Code  
3
1
Embossed Tape  
2.16  
(.085)  
1000 pcs./7” Reel (Standard)  
0.20  
(.008)  
1.02  
(.040)  
Resolution...................Essentially Infinite  
Insulation Resistance ................500 vdc.  
100 megohms min.  
Dielectric Strength  
Sea Level.................500 vac (1 minute)  
Adjustment Angle ...................220° nom.  
0.75  
(.030)  
3324J Common Dimensions  
4.26  
(.168)  
2
0.76  
(.030)  
0.86  
(.034)  
2.3  
(.091)  
ADJ. SLOT  
4.36  
(.172)  
1.93 ± .03  
(.076 ± .001)  
.52 ± .03  
(.020 ± .001)  
.50 ± .06  
LONG  
WIDE  
DEEP  
2 PLCS  
5° MAX. TYP.  
X
X
2.0  
(.079)  
Environmental Characteristics  
3
1
Soldering Heat  
(.020 ± .002)  
1.5  
(.059)  
PLCS.  
.............260°C, 10 seconds, TRS ±1%  
Power Rating (200 volts max.)  
70°C.......................................0.25 watt  
125°C..........................................0 watt  
Operating Temperature Range  
...................................-55°C to +125°C  
Temperature Coefficient  
5.5  
(.217)  
2.16  
(.085)  
1.3  
(.051)  
2 PLCS.  
0.20  
(.008)  
1.02  
(.040)  
2.3  
(.091)  
1.04  
(.050)  
<100 Ohms ......................±150ppm/°C  
>100 Ohms ......................±100ppm/°C  
Humidity..............................80-98% RH,  
10 cycles, 240 hours  
1.12  
(.056)  
0.76  
(.030)  
2 PLCS  
2.3  
(.091)  
WIPER  
2
RECOMMENDED LAND PATTERN  
CW  
CCW  
3
1
TRS ±3% ; IR 10 megohms  
2.2  
2.0  
(.079)  
CLOCKWISE  
Vibration .........20G TRS ±1% ; VRS ±1%  
Shock ...........100G TRS ±1% ; VRS ±1%  
Load Life  
......(@ 70°C Rated Power 1000 Hours)  
TRS ±3%  
3 PLCS.  
(.087)  
TOLERANCES: ± 0.25 (.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED  
1.3  
3.3  
(.130)  
2 PLCS.  
(.051)  
METRIC  
(INCHES)  
DIMENSIONS ARE:  
Rotational Cycling..................100 cycles  
TRS ±3%  
2.3  
(.091)  
Thermal Shock..........................5 cycles  
TRS ±2% ; VRS ±1%  
Physical Characteristics  
Mechanical Angle ...................250° nom.  
Torque .............................50g-cm typical  
Stop Strength ................200g-cm typical  
Weight ................Approximately 0.01 oz.  
Marking .................Manufacturers code,  
resistance code and date code  
Wiper ...........Positioned at 50% nominal  
Flammability...........................U.L. 94V-0  
Adjustment Tool ..............................H-91  
47  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
3324 - 4mm Square Trimming Potentiometer  
Packaging Specifications  
Standard Resistance Table  
TAPE  
Resistance  
(Ohms)  
10  
20  
50  
Part Marking  
Code  
Resistance  
Code  
.36  
(.014)  
MAX.  
A1  
21  
51  
100  
200  
500  
2.74 ± .10  
(.108 ± .004)  
100  
A2  
22  
52  
A3  
23  
53  
A4  
24  
54  
A5  
101  
201  
501  
102  
202  
502  
103  
203  
503  
104  
5.52 ± 0.5  
(.217 ± .020)  
200  
500  
1,000  
2,000  
5,000  
10,000  
20,000  
50,000  
100,000  
5.26 ± .10  
(.207 ± .004)  
6.45 ± .10  
1.5 + .10/ –.00  
DIA.  
(J)  
(.059 + .004/ – .000)  
(G)  
4.00 ± .10  
(.157 ± .004)  
(.254 ± .004)  
200,000  
25  
55  
A6  
26  
204  
504  
105  
205  
5.26 ± .10  
(.207 ± .004)  
500,000  
2.00 ± .05  
(.079 ± .020)  
1,000,000  
2,000,000  
Popular values listed in boldface. Special  
resistances available.  
8.00 ± .20  
(.315 ± .008)  
1.75 ± .10  
(.069 ± .004)  
12.00 ± .30  
(.472 ± .012)  
REEL  
1.78 ± .25  
(.070) ± .010)  
EQUAL SPACED 3 PLCS.  
21.01 ± .79  
DIA.  
(.827 ± .031)  
13.0 ± .51  
(.512 ± .020)  
DIA.  
2.67 ± .25  
(.105 ± .010)  
59.18 ± 2.03  
(2.330 ± .080)  
177.8 ± 2.03  
(7.000 ± .080)  
DIA.  
12.4 + 2.01/ -.000  
(.488 + .079/ - .000)  
Meets EIA specification 481.  
TOLERANCES: ± 0.25 (.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED  
METRIC  
(INCHES)  
DIMENSIONS ARE:  
48  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
Features  
Single-turn / conductive plastic  
Adjustable front/back, top/bottom  
Commercial / dust proof / fully enclosed  
Cross slot rotor design suitable for  
automatic adjustment equipment  
Hexagon adjustment design  
PC board stand-off and retention feature  
3328 - 9mm Square Trimming Potentiometer  
Product Dimensions  
Electrical Characteristics  
Resistance Range...........100- 5.0 MΩ  
Resistance Tolerance  
3328P  
3328W  
9.60  
(.378)  
100- 1.0 M, ± 20%  
>1.0M- 5.0 M, ± 30%  
10.41  
(.410)  
End Resistance .........................3% Max  
Contact Resistance Variation ....3or 3%  
whichever is greater  
Resolution ..................................(Infinite)  
Adjustment Angle ...................220°±20°  
Max. Operating Voltage ................200 V  
4.80  
(.189)  
10.41  
(.410)  
11.01  
(.433)  
5.59  
(.220)  
14.35  
(.585)  
9.60  
(.378)  
0.76  
0.76  
3.05  
(.120)  
CROSS SLOT  
LONG X  
2.08  
WIDE X  
DEEP  
(.030)  
(.030)  
Environmental Characteristics  
HEX THRU UNIT  
ACROSS FLATS  
(.082)  
Power Rating ..............40°C, 0.20 Watts  
Temperature Range......-25°C to + 70° C  
Temperature Coefficient of Resistance  
............±400 ppm , 100< TR 1 MΩ  
Load Life ......1000 hours 0.20w at 40°C,  
TRS ±10%  
1.52  
(.060)  
4.01  
(.158)  
1.02  
(.040)  
2.54  
(.100)  
Vibration .....20 g, TRS ± 2% , VRS ± 2%  
Shock .......100 g, TRS ± 2% , VRS ± 2%  
Rotational Cycling ................500 cycles,  
TRS ± 3%  
1
2
3
3.48  
(.137)  
2.54  
(.100)  
2
5.08  
(.200)  
Physical Characteristics  
Torque (Operating)..............50-200 g.cm  
Stop Strength ..........................550 g.cm  
Terminals .......................Solderable Pins  
Marking.........Manufacturers trademark,  
resistance code and date code  
Standard Packaging ...200 Pcs. per Bag  
Mechanical Angle ..................250° ± 20°  
Flammability..............................UL94V-0  
Wiper Position ..................50% nominal  
0.38  
(.015)  
3
1
5.08  
(.200)  
10.01  
(.394)  
2.54  
(.100)  
3.61  
(.142)  
0.15  
(.006)  
RECOMMENDED PWB MOUNTING PATTERN  
RECOMMENDED PWB MOUNTING PATTERN  
1.30  
(.051)  
DIA.  
3.18  
(.125)  
DIA. OPTIONAL  
FOR THRU  
BOARD  
1.30  
DIA.  
METRIC  
(INCHES)  
(.053)  
DIMENSIONS ARE:  
10.16  
(.400)  
5.08  
(.200)  
ADJUSTMENT  
2
2.54  
(.100)  
WIPER  
5.08  
(.200)  
5.08  
(.200)  
CCW  
CW  
3
1
CLOCKWISE  
DIA.  
5.0  
(.197)  
ADJUSTMENT ACCESSORIES  
9.9  
(.390)  
1.98  
(.078)  
11.51  
(.453)  
DIA  
ACROSS  
FLATS  
0.5  
(.020)  
5.54  
14.1  
1.19 (.218)  
(.047)  
(.555)  
0.48  
(.019)  
3.7  
(.146)  
3.84  
(.151)  
1.98  
(.019)  
ACROSS FLATS  
H118-1 Wheel  
H118-2 Shaft  
49  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
3328 - 9mm Square Trimming Potentiometer  
How to Order  
Standard Resistance Table  
3328 P - 1 - 502  
Resistance Resistance Resistance Resistance  
(Ohms)  
100  
500  
1000  
2000  
5000  
10000  
20000  
25000  
Code  
101  
501  
102  
202  
502  
103  
203  
253  
(Ohms)  
50000  
Code  
503  
104  
204  
504  
105  
205  
505  
Model  
Style  
100000  
200000  
500000  
1000000  
2000000  
5000000  
Standard or Modified  
Product Indicator  
-1 = Standard Product  
Resistance Code  
Adjustment accessories as noted.  
Example: H118-1 = Wheel  
50  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
Features  
1/4” Round / Single-Turn / Cermet  
Industrial / Sealed  
5 standard terminal styles  
Tape and reel packaging available  
(see page 71 for details)  
3329 - 1/4” Round Trimming Potentiometer  
3329H  
3329P-DK9-RC  
Electrical Characteristics  
Standard Resistance Range  
ADJ. SLOT  
2.79 ± .038  
(.110 ± ..001)  
...................................10 to 1 megohm  
(see standard resistance table)  
Resistance Tolerance .............±10% std.  
(closer tolerance available)  
Absolute Minimum Resistance  
.......................................1% or 2 ohms  
(whichever is greater)  
Contact Resistance Variation  
...........................3.0% or 3 ohms max.  
(whichever is greater)  
2.54  
(.100)  
2.54  
(.100)  
2
DIA.  
3
1
.38  
(.015)  
45° REF.  
.64  
(.025)  
WIDE  
X
X
.51  
DEEP  
(.020)  
6.35 ± .51  
(.250 ± .020)  
90° ± 5°  
4.57  
(.180)  
4.75  
(.187)  
MIN.  
5.79  
(.228)  
.46 ± .05  
(.018 ± .002)  
DIA. TYP.  
6.35 ± .51  
(.250 ± .020)  
ADJ. SLOT  
3.56  
LONG  
.46 ± .05  
(.018 ± .002)  
(.140)  
.64  
.43 ± .13  
(.017 ± .005)  
Adjustability  
6.78 ± 2.24  
(.267 ± .088)  
WIDE  
DEEP  
X
X
DIA. 3 PINS  
(.025)  
1.02  
Voltage .....................................±0.05%  
Resistance ...............................±0.15%  
Resolution.....................................Infinite  
Insulation Resistance ................500 vdc.  
1,000 megohms min.  
(.040)  
2
3
1
2.54  
(.100)  
3
3329P  
2.54  
(.100)  
1
2.54  
(.100)  
2.54  
(.100)  
2.54  
(.100)  
Dielectric Strength  
2
2.54  
(.100)  
Sea Level .................................600 vac  
80,000 Feet ..............................250 vac  
Adjustment Angle ...................240° nom.  
6.78 ± 2.24  
(.267 ± .088)  
6.35 ± .51  
Environmental Characteristics  
(.250 ± .020)  
5.82 ± .25  
Power Rating @ 85°C (300 volts max.)  
.................................................0.5 watt  
Power Rating @ 150°C..................0 watt  
Temperature Range ......-55°C to +150°C  
Temperature Coefficient .....±100ppm/°C  
Seal Test ........................85°C Fluorinert*  
Humidity........MIL-STD-202 Method 106  
96 hours  
(.229 ± .010)  
How To Order  
5.08  
(.200)  
3329S  
6.10  
(.240)  
6.60  
(.260)  
3329 H - 1 - 103  
Model  
Style  
.38  
(.015)  
8.38 ± .51  
(.330 ± .020)  
Standard or Modified  
Product Indicator  
2.54  
(.100)  
.89  
(.035)  
7.75 ± 2.97  
-1 = Standard Product  
-DK9 = Plastic Spacer  
(.305 ± .117)  
2.54  
(3% TR, 10 Megohms IR)  
2.54  
(.100)  
(.100)  
Vibration............30G (1% TR; 1% VR)  
Shock..............100G (1% TR; 1% VR)  
Load Life  
...............1,000 hours 0.5 watt @ 85°C  
(3% TR; 3% CRV)  
Resistance Code  
2
1
3
Consult factory for other available options.  
5.08  
(.200)  
3329W  
6.10  
(.240)  
6.60  
(.260)  
8.38 ± .51  
(.330 ± .020)  
.38  
(.015)  
Standard Resistance Table  
Rotational Life ........................200 cycles  
(4% TR; 4% CRV)  
Resistance  
(Ohms)  
10  
20  
50  
Resistance  
Code  
2.54  
(.100)  
2.54  
.89  
(.035)  
Physical Characteristics  
7.75 ± 2.97  
100  
200  
500  
(.305 ± .117)  
2.54  
Mechanical Angle ...................260° nom.  
Torque .............................5.0 oz-in. max.  
Stop Strength ..................5.0 oz -in. min.  
Terminals ........................Solderable pins  
Weight ........................................0.02 oz.  
Marking .........Manufacturers trademark,  
resistance code, date code,  
(.100)  
(.100)  
3
1
2
100  
101  
201  
501  
102  
202  
502  
103  
203  
253  
503  
104  
200  
500  
5.08  
(.200)  
3329X  
6.10  
(.240)  
6.60  
(.260)  
1,000  
2,000  
5,000  
10,000  
20,000  
25,000  
50,000  
100,000  
8.38 ± .51  
(.330 ± .020)  
.38  
(.015)  
manufacturers model number  
2.54  
(.100)  
.89  
(.035)  
and style  
7.75 ± 2.97  
2.54  
Wiper ...........Positioned at 50% nominal  
Standard Packaging .....50 pcs. per tube  
Adjustment Tool ..............................H-90  
(.305 ± .117)  
2.54  
(.100)  
(.100)  
200,000  
250,000  
500,000  
1,000,000  
204  
254  
504  
105  
1
3
2
Popular values listed in boldface. Special  
resistances available.  
TOLERANCES: ± 0.25 (.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED  
METRIC  
(INCHES)  
SHADED AREAS TYPICALLY NOT STOCKED BY  
DISTRIBUTORS AND NOT RECOMMENDED FOR NEW  
DESIGNS.  
DIMENSIONS ARE:  
*”FLUORINERT” IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF 3M CO.  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
51  
Features  
Four-Turn / Cermet / Industrial / Sealed  
Unique planetary drive offers precise  
wiper setting of a multiturn in a  
single-turn package size  
Top and side adjust styles  
3339 - 5/16” Round Trimming Potentiometer  
Electrical Characteristics  
3339H  
Common Dimensions  
(Top Adjust)  
WIPER  
2
ADJ. CROSS SLOT  
Standard Resistance Range  
2.54  
...................................10 to 1 megohm  
(see standard resistance table)  
Resistance Tolerance .............±10% std.  
(tighter tolerance available)  
Absolute Minimum Resistance  
..............................1% or 2 ohms max.  
(whichever is greater)  
LONG X  
(.100)  
CW  
CCW  
3
1
.64  
(.025)  
.76  
(.030)  
WIDE X  
DEEP X  
(2 PLACES)  
CLOCKWISE  
4.78  
MIN.  
TOLERANCES: ± 0.25 (.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED  
.38  
(.015)  
(.188)  
90° ± 1°  
REF.  
6.35  
(.250)  
METRIC  
(INCHES)  
DIMENSIONS ARE:  
2.54 ± .025  
(.10 ± .01)  
1
3
Contact Resistance Variation  
..............................3% or 3 ohms max.  
(whichever is greater)  
Adjustability  
Voltage .....................................±0.05%  
Resistance .................................±0.1%  
Resolution.....................................Infinite  
Insulation Resistance ................500 vdc.  
1,000 megohms min.  
.51  
(.020)  
2
How To Order  
7.62  
(.300)  
.43 ± .05  
(.017 ± .002)  
DIA.  
DIA.  
2.54 ± .025  
(.10 ± .01)  
3339 H - 1 - 103  
Model  
Style  
3339P  
2.54  
(.100)  
2.54  
(.100)  
Standard or Modified  
Product Indicator  
6.35  
(.250)  
Dielectric Strength  
2.54  
(.100)  
-1 = Standard Product  
Sea Level .................................600 vac  
80,000 Feet ..............................250 vac  
Effective Travel....................4 turns nom.  
1
Resistance Code  
Consult factory for other available options.  
.51  
(.020)  
3
2
Environmental Characteristics  
7.62  
(.300)  
DIA.  
Power Rating (300 volts max.)  
85°C.........................................0.5 watt  
150°C..........................................0 watt  
Temperature Range  
...................................-55°C to +150°C  
Temperature Coefficient  
.........................................±100ppm/°C  
Seal Test ........................85°C Fluorinert*  
Humidity........MIL-STD-202 Method 103  
96 hours  
Standard Resistance Table  
3339S  
Common Dimensions (Side Adjust)  
Resistance  
(Ohms)  
Resistance  
Code  
8.00 ± .38  
(.315 ± .015)  
7.62  
(.300)  
DIA.  
10  
20  
50  
100  
200  
500  
5.97  
(.235)  
9.53 ± .38  
(375 ± .015)  
100  
101  
201  
501  
102  
202  
502  
103  
203  
253  
503  
104  
200  
500  
5.54 ± .38  
(.218 ± .015)  
1,000  
2,000  
5,000  
10,000  
20,000  
25,000  
50,000  
100,000  
.64  
(.025)  
.38  
.43 ± .05  
(.017 ± .002)  
DIA.  
MIN.  
(3% TR, 10 Megohms IR)  
2
(.015)  
Vibration............30G (1% TR; 1% VR)  
Shock..............100G (1% TR; 1% VR)  
Load Life  
...............1,000 hours 0.5 watt @ 85°C  
(3% TR; 3% or 3 ohms,  
whichever is greater, CRV)  
Rotational Life ........................200 cycles  
(3% TR; 3% or 3 ohms,  
1
4.57  
(.180)  
8.13 ± .38  
(.320 ± .015)  
3
2.54  
(.100)  
2.54  
(.100)  
200,000  
250,000  
500,000  
1,000,000  
204  
254  
504  
105  
.51  
(.020)  
3339W  
8.00 ± .38  
(.315 ± .015)  
Popular values listed in boldface. Special  
resistances available.  
5.97  
(.235)  
whichever is greater, CRV)  
9.53 ± .38  
(375 ± .015)  
Physical Characteristics  
SHADED AREAS TYPICALLY NOT STOCKED BY  
DISTRIBUTORS AND NOT RECOMMENDED FOR NEW  
DESIGNS.  
Torque ................................3 oz-in. max.  
Mechanical Stops..................Wiper idles  
Terminals ........................Solderable pins  
Weight ........................................0.02 oz.  
Marking ...........................Manufacturers  
trademark, resistance code,  
5.54 ± .38  
(.218 ± .015)  
.64  
(.025)  
.38  
(.015)  
MIN.  
2
8.13 ± .38  
(.320 ± .015)  
4.57  
(.180)  
1
wiring diagram, date  
code, manufacturers  
model number and style  
2.54  
(.100)  
.51  
2.54  
(.100)  
3
(.020)  
Wiper ..........Positioned at 50% nominal  
Flammability............................U.L.94V-0  
Standard Packaging .....50 pcs. per tube  
Adjustment Tool ..............................H-90  
*”FLUORINERT” IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF 3M CO.  
52  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
Thumb and screwdriver adjustment  
Features  
Single-Turn / Cermet / Industrial / Open  
Frame  
Stable cermet element offers infinite  
resolution  
Very low profile  
Seven standard pin styles  
3352 - 3/8” Round Trimming Potentiometer  
3352  
3352H  
Side Adjust  
Electrical Characteristics  
ADJUSTMENT SLOT  
2.54  
(.100)  
4.06  
(.160)  
X .86  
(.034)  
X .84  
TYP.  
TYP.  
Standard Resistance Range  
LONG  
..................................10 to 2 megohms  
(see standard resistance table)  
Resistance Tolerance .............±20% std.  
(tighter tolerance available)  
Absolute Minimum Resistance  
.........................................2 ohms max.  
Contact Resistance Variation  
.............................1.0% or 1 ohm max.  
(whichever is greater)  
Adjustability  
Voltage .....................................±0.05%  
Resistance ...............................±0.25%  
Resolution.....................................Infinite  
Dielectric Strength  
Sea Level .................................500 vac  
80,000 Feet ..............................350 vac  
Adjustment Angle ...................205° nom.  
WIDE  
2.54  
(.100)  
DEEP TYP.  
3.81 ± .51  
(.150 ± 020)  
TYP.  
(.033)  
7.62  
(.300)  
MAX.  
4.75  
(.187)  
MIN. TYP.  
8.89  
(.350)  
2.54  
(.100)  
TYP.  
TYP.  
3352K  
3352V  
4.75  
TYP.  
5.08  
(.200)  
.64  
(.187)  
TYP.  
TYP.  
(.025)  
1.27  
(.050)  
TYP.  
2.54  
(.100)  
7.62  
(.300)  
3
MAX.  
MAX.  
2
1
9.53 ± .38  
(.375 ± .015)  
4.37  
(.172)  
TYP.  
.51 ± .05  
(.020 ± .002)  
DIA. PINS TYP.  
7.62  
TYP.  
3.96  
(.156)  
(.300)  
9.14  
(.360)  
3352E  
Top Adjust  
3352W  
2.54  
(.100)  
Environmental Characteristics  
TYP.  
10.16  
(.400)  
Power Rating (250 volts max.)  
85°C.......................................0.50 watt  
125°C..........................................0 watt  
Temperature Range  
...................................-55°C to +125°C  
Temperature Coefficient  
±100ppm/ºC ............................2K & up  
±150ppm/ºC..........................Below 2K  
Humidity........MIL-STD-202 Method 103  
96 hours  
5.08  
(.200)  
MAX.  
5.33  
(.210)  
2.54  
(.100)  
TYP.  
MAX.  
MAX.  
3352P  
3352T  
2.54  
(.100)  
Standard Resistance Table  
Resistance  
(Ohms)  
10  
20  
50  
Resistance  
Code  
5.33  
(.210)  
100  
200  
500  
2.54  
(.100)  
TYP.  
(2% TR, 10 Megohms IR)  
Vibration............30G (2% TR; 2% VR)  
Shock..............100G (2% TR; 2% VR)  
Load Life  
...............1,000 hours 0.5 watt @ 85°C  
(3% TR)  
100  
101  
201  
501  
102  
202  
502  
103  
203  
253  
503  
104  
200  
500  
2.21 ± .38  
(.087 ± .015)  
1,000  
2,000  
5,000  
10,000  
20,000  
25,000  
50,000  
100,000  
Rotational Life ........................200 cycles  
(10% TR)  
2.54  
(.100)  
TYP.  
Physical Characteristics  
200,000  
250,000  
500,000  
1,000,000  
2,000,000  
204  
254  
504  
105  
205  
WIPER  
2
Mechanical Angle ...................250° nom.  
Torque .............................3.0 oz-in. max.  
Stop Strength .....................8 oz -in. min.  
Terminals ........................Solderable pins  
Weight ........................................0.01 oz.  
Marking ...........................Manufacturers  
trademark, resistance value  
CW  
CCW  
3
1
CLOCKWISE  
Popular values listed in boldface. Special  
resistances available.  
TOLERANCES: ± 0.25 (.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED  
SHADED AREAS TYPICALLY NOT STOCKED BY  
DISTRIBUTORS AND NOT RECOMMENDED FOR NEW  
DESIGNS.  
METRIC  
DIMENSIONS ARE:  
and model number.  
Date code on packaging.  
(INCHES)  
Wiper ..............................Set at CW end  
Standard Packaging  
..................................100 pcs. per bag  
Adjustment Tool ..............................H-90  
How To Order  
3352 W - 1 - 103  
Model  
Style  
Standard or Modified  
Product Indicator  
-1 = Standard Product  
Resistance Code  
Consult factory for other available options.  
53  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
Available on tape and reel packaging  
(see page 71)  
Features  
Single-Turn / Cermet / Industrial / Sealed  
Miniature package  
Rotor designed for automatic machine  
adjust interface  
Withstands harsh environments and  
3
immersion cleaning processes  
3 3 6 2  
1
3362 - 1/4” Square Trimming Potentiometer  
Common Dimensions  
Top Adjust  
Common Dimensions  
Side Adjust  
Electrical Characteristics  
Standard Resistance Range  
6.60  
(.260)  
6.60  
(.260)  
ADJ. CROSS SLOT  
..................................10 to 2 megohms  
(see standard resistance table)  
Resistance Tolerance .............±10% std.  
(tighter tolerance available)  
Absolute Minimum Resistance  
.......................................1% or 2 ohms  
(whichever is greater)  
Contact Resistance Variation  
..............................1% or 3 ohms max.  
(whichever is greater)  
ADJ. CROSS  
SLOT  
2.77  
(.109)  
LONG X  
2.77  
(.109)  
LONG X  
.64  
(.025)  
6.99  
(.275)  
6.99  
(.275)  
WIDE X  
.25  
(010)  
.254  
(010)  
TYP.  
TYP.  
.64  
(.025)  
WIDE X  
1
3
1
3
3362  
3362  
.89  
DEEP X  
(.035)  
.89  
(.035)  
3.84  
(.151)  
3.84  
(.151)  
DEEP X  
PIN MARKING  
REVERSED FOR  
STYLE W  
DIA.  
.46 ± .03  
4.70  
(.185)  
3 PLCS.  
(.018 ± .001)  
5.46 ± .38  
(.215 ± .015)  
.46 ± .03  
(.018 ± .001)  
DIA.  
3 PLCS.  
2.54  
2.54  
(.100)  
Adjustability  
(.100)  
.330  
(.013)  
Voltage .....................................±0.05%  
Resistance ...............................±0.15%  
Resolution.....................................Infinite  
Insulation Resistance ................500 vdc.  
1,000 megohms min.  
5.46 ± .38  
(.215 ± .015)  
2.54  
(.100)  
2.54  
(.100)  
3362H  
3362M  
2.29  
Dielectric Strength  
4.06 ± .38  
(.160 ± .015)  
Sea Level .................................900 vac  
80,000 Feet ..............................350 vac  
Adjustment Angle ...................240° nom.  
(.090)  
90° ± 5°  
3
4.70  
1
(.185)  
Environmental Characteristics  
1.80  
Power Rating (300 volts max.)  
70°C.......................................0.50 watt  
125°C..........................................0 watt  
Temperature Range  
...................................-55°C to +125°C  
Temperature Coefficient  
.........................................±100ppm/°C  
Seal Test ........................85°C Fluorinert*  
Humidity........MIL-STD-202 Method 103  
96 hours  
1
3
2
(.071)  
2
2.54  
(.100)  
TYP.  
3362S  
2.54  
(.100)  
3362P  
3362R  
3362U  
2.54  
(.100)  
4.70  
(.185)  
3.53  
(.139)  
1.02  
(.040)  
1
3
2
(2% TR; 10 Megohms IR)  
1
2
3
Vibration............30G (1% TR; 1% VR)  
Shock..............100G (1% TR; 1% VR)  
Load Life  
...............1,000 hours 0.5 watt @ 70°C  
(3% TR; 3% or 3 ohms,  
whichever is greater, CRV)  
Rotational Life ........................200 cycles  
(4% TR; 3% or 3 ohms,  
3362W  
2.54  
(.100)  
4.70  
(.185)  
1.02  
(.040)  
2.54  
(.100)  
1.02  
(.040)  
1
3
2
1
2
3
whichever is greater, CRV)  
3362X  
Physical Characteristics  
2.54  
(.100)  
Mechanical Angle ...................270° nom.  
Torque .............................3.0 oz-in. max.  
Stop Strength ..................7.0 oz -in. min.  
Terminals ........................Solderable pins  
Weight ........................................0.02 oz.  
Marking .......................Resistance code,  
terminal numbers, manufacturers  
model number, style  
4.70  
(.185)  
3.53  
(.139)  
1.02  
(.040)  
3
1
2
1
2
3
and date code  
TOLERANCES: ± 0.25 (.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED  
Wiper ..........Positioned at 50% nominal  
Flammability ..........................U.L. 94V-0  
Standard Packaging .....50 pcs. per tube  
Adjustment Tool ..............................H-90  
WIPER  
2
METRIC  
(INCHES)  
DIMENSIONS ARE:  
CW  
CCW  
3
1
CLOCKWISE  
*”FLUORINERT” IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF 3M CO.  
54  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
3362 - 1/4” Square Trimming Potentiometer  
How to Order  
3362 P - 1 - 502  
Model  
Style  
Standard or Modified  
Product Indicator  
-1 = Standard Product  
Resistance Code  
Consult factory for other available options.  
Standard Resistance Table  
Resistance  
(Ohms)  
Resistance  
Code  
10  
20  
50  
100  
200  
500  
100  
101  
201  
501  
102  
202  
502  
103  
203  
253  
503  
104  
200  
500  
1,000  
2,000  
5,000  
10,000  
20,000  
25,000  
50,000  
100,000  
200,000  
250,000  
500,000  
1,000,000  
2,000,000  
204  
254  
504  
105  
205  
Popular values listed in boldface. Special  
resistances available.  
SHADED AREAS TYPICALLY NOT STOCKED BY  
DISTRIBUTORS AND NOT RECOMMENDED FOR NEW  
DESIGNS.  
55  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
Recommended for reflow solder  
processing only  
Features  
SMD Single-Turn / Cermet / Industrial  
Open Frame  
Cross slot rotor designs suitable  
for automatic adjustment equipment  
Supplied in 12mm embossed tape,  
compatible with automatic pick-and-place  
assembly equipment  
3364 - 4mm Square Trimming Potentiometer  
Common Dimensions  
3364W, X  
3-Terminal  
3364A, B  
3-Terminal  
Electrical Characteristics  
Standard Resistance Range  
.......................100 ohms to 1 megohm  
(see standard resistance table)  
3.80  
Resistance Tolerance .............±25% std.  
End Resistance  
<1K ................................20 ohms max.  
>1K..................................................2%  
Contact Resistance Variation  
(.150)  
2.50 ± 0.15  
(.098 ± .006)  
3.80  
(.150)  
0.55 ± 0.15  
(.022 ± .006)  
2.50 ± 0.15  
(.098 ± .006)  
2
0.55 ± 0.15  
(.022 ± .006)  
2.30  
(.091)  
ADJ.  
CROSS SLOT  
0.55 ± .15  
(.022 ± .006)  
0.35  
(.014)  
2.50  
(Voltage Divider) .....................5% max.  
Resolution.....................................Infinite  
Adjustment Angle .....................260°±20°  
4.20  
(.165)  
2.00  
(.079)  
4.50  
(.177)  
WIDE X  
2.00  
(.079)  
X
X
DEEP X  
LONG  
Environmental Characteristics  
2.20  
(.087)  
2.20  
1
1
2
3
3
(.098)  
(.087)  
Power Rating (50 volts max.)  
70°C.........................................0.2 watt  
Temperature Range  
...................................-40°C to +125°C  
Temperature Coefficient  
1.50  
(.059)  
1.50  
(.059)  
MAX.  
MAX.  
.........................................±250ppm/°C  
Humidity..................500 hours (5% TR)  
Load Life .................................500 hours  
0.2 watt @ 70°C (5% TR)  
Rotational Life .......20 cycles (15% TR)  
1.40  
(.055)  
Physical Characteristics  
Torque..............................20 to 200g-cm  
Mechanical Angle .................Continuous  
Marking ........................Resistance code,  
manufacturer's full part number  
0.50  
(.020)  
2
0.80  
(.031)  
1.50  
(.059)  
2.00  
(.079)  
1.35  
(.053)  
1.40  
(.055)  
and date code on packaging  
Terminals...........................Solder coated  
Standard Packaging  
..................................1000 pcs./7" reel  
Adjustment Tool ..............................H-90  
Reflow solder processing recommended  
.12  
(.047)  
1.20  
(.047)  
1
3
0.80  
(.031)  
0.80  
(.031)  
1.90  
(.075)  
0.99  
(.039)  
3
0.95  
(.037)  
1.60  
1
1.00  
(.039)  
2
0.95  
(.037)  
(.063)  
0.80  
(.031)  
How To Order  
SUGGESTED PWB LAYOUT  
3364 X - 1 - 103 E  
SUGGESTED PWB LAYOUT  
2.40  
(.094)  
5.08  
Model  
Style  
(.200)  
1.10  
(.043)  
2.40  
(.094)  
1.10  
(.043)  
Orientation of parts in tape:  
Styles W,A  
Terminals toward sprocket holes  
5.10  
(.201)  
1.50  
(.059)  
1.20  
(.047)  
Styles X,B  
Terminals away from sprocket  
holes  
1.50  
(.059)  
1.30  
(.051)  
1.20  
(.047)  
0.60  
1.60  
1.20  
(.047)  
0.60  
(.024)  
Standard Product  
Resistance Code  
(.063)  
1.30  
(.051)  
(.024)  
0.80  
Embossed Tape Designator  
E = 1000 pcs./7" reel (-1 standard)  
G = 5000 pcs./14.5" reel (-1 optional)  
(.031)  
WIPER  
2
Consult factory for other available options.  
CW  
CCW  
3
1
SHADED AREAS TYPICALLY NOT STOCKED BY  
DISTRIBUTORS AND NOT RECOMMENDED FOR NEW  
DESIGNS.  
CLOCKWISE  
TOLERANCES: ± 0.25 (.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED  
METRIC  
(INCHES)  
DIMENSIONS ARE:  
56  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
3364 - 4mm Square Trimming Potentiometer  
Packaging Specifications  
Standard Resistance Table  
2.20 ± 0.20  
(.087 ± .008)  
Resistance  
(Ohms)  
Resistance  
Code  
Part  
Marking  
100  
101  
201  
501  
102  
202  
502  
103  
203  
503  
104  
12  
22  
52  
13  
23  
53  
14  
24  
54  
15  
200  
500  
0.60  
(.024)  
1,000  
2,000  
5,000  
10,000  
20,000  
50,000  
100,000  
5.51 ± 0.05  
(.217 ± .002)  
W, A  
4.00 ± 0.10  
ORIENTATION  
8.00 ± 0.10  
(.315 ± .004)  
(.157 ± .004)  
200,000  
500,000  
1,000,000  
204  
504  
105  
25  
55  
16  
Popular values listed in boldface. Special  
resistances available.  
2.00 ± 0.10  
(.079 ± .004)  
X, B  
ORIENTATION  
1.50 ± 0.10  
(.059 ± .004)  
DIA.  
4.30 ± 0.20  
(.169 ± .008)  
5.00 ± 0.20  
(.197 ± .008)  
1.75 ± 0.10  
(.069 ± .004)  
12.00 ± 0.30  
(.472 ± .012)  
TAPE  
1.20 ± .05  
(.047 ± .002)  
178 ± .20  
(7.008 ± .008)  
DIA.  
EQUAL  
50.00  
(1.969)  
REF.  
SPACED  
3 PLCS.  
1.50  
MIN.  
(.059)  
13.00 ± 0.51  
(.512 ± .020)  
DIA.  
21.01 ± 0.76  
(.827 ± .030)  
DIA.  
13.00 ± 1.50  
(512 ± .060)  
REEL  
Conforms with EIA specification RS-481.  
57  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
Cross-slot rotor design suitable for  
automatic adjustment equipment  
Features  
Surface Mount / Single-Turn Cermet /  
Process Sealed  
Supplied in 12mm embossed tape,  
compatible with automatic pick-and-place  
assembly equipment  
Elastomer seal allows multiple  
adjustments (5 rotations)  
Patent #5,095,298  
Compatible with all surface mount  
manufacturing processes  
Plastic rotor minimizes RF & ESD  
concerns  
Recommended for reflow processing only  
3374 - 4mm Square Trimming Potentiometer  
3374X/W  
Electrical Characteristics  
Packaging Specifications  
Standard Resistance Range  
..................................10 to 2 megohms  
ADJ. SLOT  
4.01  
.48  
2.69 ± .20  
(.106 ± .008)  
(see standard resistance table)  
.30 + .025/- .076  
(.012 + .001/- .003)  
(.158)  
WIDE  
DEEP  
LONG  
MAX.  
(.019)  
.38  
(.015)  
2.54  
Resistance Tolerance .............±20% std.  
End Resistance........1% or 2 ohms max.  
(whichever is greater)  
X
X
X Orientation Shown  
(.100)  
Contact Resistance Variation  
2 PLCS.  
..............................3% or 3 ohms max.  
3
8.00 ± .10  
(.315 ± .004)  
1
(whichever is greater)  
3.98 ± .10  
(.157 ± .004)  
1.78  
(.070)  
Resolution.....................................Infinite  
Adjustment Angle ...................240º nom.  
Maximum Voltage ...........................200V  
3.56  
(.140)  
2.00 ± .05  
(.079 ± .002)  
Environmental Characteristics  
4.29 ± .20  
Power Rating  
(.169 ± .008)  
1.93  
(.076)  
70°C.......................................0.25 watt  
125°C..........................................0 watt  
Operating Temperature Range  
...................................-55°C to +125°C  
Temperature Coefficient  
2
1.75 ± .10  
(.069 ± .004)  
5.00 ± .20  
(.197 ± .008)  
12.00 ± .30  
(.472 ± .012)  
0.61 TYP.  
(.024) 2 PLCS.  
<500K ohms.....................±100ppm/°C  
500K ohms .....................±150ppm/°C  
Seal ......................................5 turns min.  
Humidity ........MIL-STD 202 Method 103  
Vibration ........20G; TRS ±1% , VRS ±1%  
Shock ..........100G; TRS ±1% , VRS ±1%  
Load Life (@70ºC Rated Power,  
1000 hours) ...........................TRS ±3%  
Rotational Life ......100 cycles; TRS ±3%  
Thermal Shock...........................5 cycles  
TRS ±2% , VRS ±1%  
TAPE  
0.74  
(.029)  
TYP. 2 PLCS.  
177.8 ± 2.03  
2.0  
(.079)  
REF.  
DIA.  
(7.000 ± .080)  
1.97  
(.078)  
.76  
(030)  
EQUAL  
SPACED  
3 PLCS.  
1.73  
3.96  
(.156)  
4.90  
(.193)  
MAX.  
59.2  
(2.331)  
REF.  
MIN.  
(.068)  
Physical Characteristics  
21.01 ± .76  
(.827 ± .030)  
DIA.  
Torque.............................18 - 180gm/cm  
Mechanical Angle .................Continuous  
Marking ..........Manufacturers trademark  
and part marking code  
13.0 ± .50  
(.512 ± .020)  
DIA.  
1.98  
(.078)  
14.0 ± 1.5  
(.551 ± .59)  
REEL  
3.17  
Wiper ..........Positioned at 50% nominal  
Standard Packaging ......750 pcs./7” reel  
Adjustment Tool ..............................H-90  
(.125)  
Meets EIA 481  
6.78  
(.267)  
.99  
(.039)  
Standard Resistance Table  
1.40  
(.055)  
Resistance  
(Ohms)  
Part Marking  
Code  
Resistance  
Code  
.99  
How To Order  
(.039)  
10  
20  
50  
A1  
21  
51  
100  
200  
500  
3.99  
(.157)  
3374 X - 1 - 502 E  
Model  
Style  
100  
200  
A2  
22  
52  
A3  
23  
53  
A4  
24  
54  
A5  
101  
201  
501  
102  
202  
502  
103  
203  
503  
104  
WIPER  
500  
2
1,000  
2,000  
5,000  
10,000  
20,000  
50,000  
100,000  
Orientation of Parts in Tape:  
Style W - Terminals Toward  
Sprocket Holes  
CW  
CCW  
3
1
CLOCKWISE  
Standard or Modified  
Product Indicator  
TOLERANCES: ± 0.25 (.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED  
-1 = Standard Product  
200,000  
500,000  
1,000,000  
2,000,000  
25  
55  
A6  
26  
204  
504  
105  
205  
METRIC  
(INCHES)  
Resistance Code  
DIMENSIONS ARE:  
Embossed Tape  
750 pcs./7” reel (standard)  
Consult factory for other available options.  
Popular values listed in boldface. Special  
resistances available.  
SHADED AREAS TYPICALLY NOT STOCKED BY  
DISTRIBUTORS AND NOT RECOMMENDED FOR NEW  
DESIGNS.  
58  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
Top and side adjust types (F, P, H, W, X  
most popular)  
Features  
Single Turn / Cermet / Industrial / Sealed  
High voltage types available  
(see page 61 for details)  
Available on tape and reel (see page 71  
for details)  
Available with a knob for finger adjust  
Available with extended shaft  
Available with cross-slot rotor  
3386 - 3/8” Square Trimming Potentiometer  
Common Dimensions  
Side Adjust  
3386W  
Electrical Characteristics  
1
2
3
Standard Resistance Range  
ADJ. SLOT  
.76  
..................................10 to 2 megohms  
(see standard resistance table)  
Resistance Tolerance .............±10% std.  
(tighter tolerance available)  
WIDE  
(.030)  
2.44  
(.096)  
2.54  
(.100)  
9.53  
(.375)  
.76  
(.030)  
3.15  
9.53  
(.375)  
X
X
DEEP  
2.54  
(.100)  
LONG  
(.124)  
Absolute Minimum Resistance  
.........................................2 ohms max.  
Contact Resistance Variation  
..............................2% or 3 ohms max.  
(whichever is greater)  
.38  
(.015)  
MIN.  
5.33  
(.210)  
.51 ± .05  
(.020 ± .002)  
3386X  
2.54  
5.97 ± .89  
(.100)  
2
DIA. PINS  
Adjustability  
(.235 ± .035)  
3
1
Voltage .....................................±0.05%  
Resistance ...............................±0.15%  
Resolution.....................................Infinite  
Insulation Resistance ................500 vdc.  
1,000 megohms min.  
2.54  
(.100)  
2.54  
(.100)  
1.40 ± .38  
(.055 ± .015)  
3386B  
4.83  
(.190)  
3
2
1
3.56 ± .38  
(.140 ± .015)  
Dielectric Strength  
3.81  
(.150)  
3.81  
(.150)  
Sea Level .................................900 vac  
70,000 Feet ..............................350 vac  
Adjustment Angle ...................280° nom.  
Standard Resistance Table  
Resistance  
(Ohms)  
Resistance  
Code  
Environmental Characteristics  
3386C  
10  
100  
200  
500  
101  
201  
501  
102  
202  
502  
103  
203  
253  
503  
104  
204  
254  
504  
105  
205  
Power Rating (300 volts max.)  
85°C.........................................0.5 watt  
125°C..........................................0 watt  
Temperature Range  
...................................-55°C to +125°C  
Temperature Coefficient  
.........................................±100ppm/°C  
Seal Test ........................85°C Fluorinert*  
Humidity........MIL-STD-202 Method 103  
96 hours  
(2% TR, 10 Megohms min.)  
Vibration............30G (1% TR; 1% VR)  
Shock..............100G (1% TR; 1% VR)  
Load Life  
20  
50  
100  
3
2
1
200  
3.56 ± .38  
(.140 ± .015)  
500  
2.54  
(.100)  
2.54  
(.100)  
1,000  
2,000  
5,000  
10,000  
20,000  
25,000  
50,000  
100,000  
200,000  
250,000  
500,000  
1,000,000  
2,000,000  
3386H  
2.54  
(.100)  
2
1
3
2.54  
(.100)  
2.54  
(.100)  
1.40 ± .38  
(.055 ± .015)  
Special resistances available.  
...............1,000 hours 0.5 watt @ 70°C  
(3% TR; 1% or 1 ohm,  
whichever is greater, CRV)  
Rotational Life ........................200 cycles  
(4% TR; 1% or 1 ohm,  
How To Order  
3386 P - 1 - 103 T  
3386J  
whichever is greater, CRV)  
Model  
Style  
3
2
1
Physical Characteristics  
Standard or Modified  
Product Indicator  
Mechanical Angle ...................310° nom.  
Torque .............................5.0 oz-in. max.  
Stop Strength ................15.0 oz -in. min.  
Terminals ........................Solderable pins  
Weight ........................................0.03 oz.  
Marking ...........................Manufacturers  
trademark, resistance code,  
2.44  
(.096)  
3.81  
(.150)  
3.81  
-1 = Standard Product  
-EY5 = Extended Shaft  
(.150)  
Resistance Code  
Optional Suffix Letter  
T = Knob  
3386S  
1
2
3
Consult factory for other available options.  
wiring diagram, date code,  
manufacturers model  
2.44  
(.096)  
3.81  
(.150)  
3.81  
(.150)  
number and style  
TOLERANCES: ± 0.25 (.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED  
Standard Packaging  
...................................50 pcs. per tube  
Wiper Positioned at 50% Nominal  
Adjustment Tool ..............................H-90  
METRIC  
(INCHES)  
DIMENSIONS ARE:  
SHADED AREAS TYPICALLY NOT STOCKED BY  
DISTRIBUTORS AND NOT RECOMMENDED FOR NEW  
DESIGNS.  
*”FLUORINERT” IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF 3M CO.  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
59  
3386 - 3/8” Square Trimming Potentiometer  
3386H-EY5  
3386X-EY5 – SHOWN  
Common Dimensions  
Top Adjust  
3386T  
ADJ. SLOT  
ADJ. SLOT  
.76 ± .38  
(.030 ± .015)  
.76  
.76  
WIDE  
(.030)  
WIDE  
(.030)  
1
2
3
9.53  
(.375)  
5.97 ± .89  
(.235 ± .035)  
.76  
(.030)  
3.15  
2.54  
(.100)  
3.71  
2.54  
(.100)  
X
X
DEEP  
X
X
DEEP  
2.54  
(.100)  
4.83  
(.190)  
LONG  
LONG  
(.124)  
(.146)  
9.53  
(.375)  
2.54  
(.100)  
3386U  
.51 ± .05  
(.020 ± .002)  
2.54  
(.100)  
3.71  
(.146)  
2.54  
(.100)  
.38  
(.015)  
5.64  
(.222)  
MIN.  
2
3
1
3
2 1  
4.78 ± .38  
7.87  
(.310)  
3386F  
(.188 ± .015)  
1.40  
(.055)  
2.54  
(.100)  
2.54  
(.100)  
2.54  
(.100)  
2.54  
(.100)  
3386Y  
2.54  
3
1
(.100)  
3386P-EY5  
2
2.54  
3.71  
5.08  
(.200)  
(.100)  
(.146)  
2.24 ± .38  
(.088 ± .015)  
2
3386K  
3
1
3.05 ± .38  
(.120 ± .015)  
5.08  
(.200)  
7.87  
(.310)  
2.54 ± .25  
2 PLCS.  
(.100 ± .010)  
3.05 ± .38  
(.120 ± .015)  
2.54  
(.100)  
3386G  
2.54  
(.100)  
4.78  
(.188)  
2
ADJ. SLOT  
.76  
(.030)  
.97  
(.038)  
3.05  
(.120)  
3
1
WIDE  
DEEP  
3
1
2
X
X
2.54  
(.100)  
90° ± 3°  
LONG  
3386M  
The Model 3386 is available with a knob for finger  
adjustment. Add suffix letter "T" to order code for  
F, P and X terminal styles.  
COMMON TO  
3386V  
3.56 ± 0.38  
ADJ. SLOT  
1
2
3
(.140 ± .015)  
5.59  
(.220)  
1.02  
(.040)  
1.40  
(.055)  
LONG  
3.81  
(.150)  
5.59  
(.220)  
8.38  
(.330)  
WIDE  
DEEP  
X
X
3.81  
(.150)  
4.83  
(.190)  
3386P  
2.54  
(.100)  
2.54  
(.100)  
4.78 ± .38  
(.188 ± .015)  
10.16 ± 0.25  
(.400 ± .010)  
10.41 ± .51  
(.410 ± .020)  
6.60  
(.260)  
3
1
2
2.54  
(.100)  
3386V  
3.81  
(.150)  
3386R  
SHADED AREAS TYPICALLY NOT STOCKED BY  
DISTRIBUTORS AND NOT RECOMMENDED FOR NEW  
DESIGNS.  
3.81  
(.150)  
5.64  
(.222)  
1.22 ± .38  
(.048 ± .015)  
3.56 ± .38  
(.140 ± .015)  
3
2 1  
2.54  
(.100)  
1
2
3
WIPER  
2
2.54  
(.100)  
2.54  
(.100)  
1.40  
(.055)  
CW  
CCW  
3
1
CLOCKWISE  
60  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
Rated at 1KV D.C. and 600 VDC input  
voltage  
Features  
3/8” Square / Single-Turn / Cermet  
Industrial / Sealed High Voltage  
Focus Control  
High stability cermet element  
Available with optional red knob  
Designed for electrostatic focus control  
applications on monochrome or  
color CRTs  
3386 HV2/3386 HV3 - 3/8” Trimming Potentiometer  
3386N  
Typical Focus Control Circuits  
Electrical Characteristics  
Common Dimensions  
Standard Resistance Range  
3.81  
(.150)  
3.81  
4.83  
(.190)  
..............................2.5 and 5 megohms  
Resistance Tolerance ....................±20%  
Contact Resistance Variation  
...............................................2% max.  
Adjustability  
Voltage Divider.........................±0.05%  
Rheostat...................................±0.15%  
Resolution.....................................Infinite  
Insulation Resistance @ 1KV D.C.  
............................1,000 megohms min.  
Dielectric Strength (5,000 foot altitude)  
...................................1.5 KV A.C. min.  
Adjustment Angle ...................280° nom.  
3.81  
(.150)  
ANODE  
VOLTAGE  
10-18 KV.  
TYP.  
(.150)  
5.97 ± .89  
(.235 ± .035)  
2
1
3
5.08  
(.200)  
.38  
(.015)  
DIA.  
MIN.  
3.05  
(.120)  
.51 ± .05  
(.020 ± .002)  
G4  
FOCUS  
0-600V  
ADJ. RANGE  
TYP.  
ADJ. SLOT  
.76  
WIDE  
(.030)  
2.54  
(.100)  
3.81  
X
X
DEEP  
3386N-HV3-255  
or  
3386U-HV3-255  
Environmental Characteristics  
9.53  
(.375)  
LONG  
HV2 Input Voltage  
(.150)  
85°C ..............................(1 KVDC max.)  
125°C..........................................0 watt  
HV3 Input Voltage  
85°C.............................(600 VDC max.)  
125°C..........................................0 watt  
Temperature Range  
MONOCHROME  
VALUES DETERMINED BY CIRCUIT VOLTAGES  
9.53  
(.375)  
ANODE  
VOLTAGE  
21-27 KV.  
TYP.  
3386U  
...................................-55°C to +125°C  
Temperature Coefficient  
.........................................±400ppm/°C  
Humidity........MIL-STD-202 Method 103  
240 Hours (100 megohms min. IR)  
Load Life  
HV2 ......................1,000 hours 1 KVDC  
60°C, 90% R.H. (3% max. TR)  
HV3.....................1,000 hours 600 VDC  
60°C, 90% R.H. (3% max. TR)  
Voltage Breakdown  
5.08  
(.200)  
5.59  
(.220)  
MIN.  
5.08  
(.200)  
3.81  
(.150)  
G4  
FOCUS  
6-7 KV.  
.51 ± .05  
(.020 ± .002)  
DIA. PINS  
TYP.  
3
2
1
3.81  
(.150)  
.38  
0-1 KV.  
FOCUS  
RANGE  
MIN.  
(.015)  
(5,000 foot altitude) ............1.5 KV min.  
Seal Test ........................85°C Fluorinert*  
Vibration ................No discontinuity 30G  
Shock ..................No discontinuity 100G  
Rotational Life ................200 cycles min.  
3386N-HV2-505  
or  
3386U-HV2-505  
COLOR  
Physical Characteristics  
Mechanical Angle ...................310° nom.  
Torque .............................5.0 oz-in. max.  
Stop Strength ................15.0 oz -in. min.  
Terminals ........................Solderable pins  
Weight ........................................0.04 oz.  
Marking ...........................Manufacturers  
trademark, resistance code,  
How To Order  
3386 N - HV2 - 505 T  
WIPER  
2
CW  
CCW  
3
1
Model  
CLOCKWISE  
Style  
High Voltage  
Construction Indicator  
HV2 = 1000 VDC  
TOLERANCES: ± 0.25 (.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED  
wiring diagram, date code,  
HV3 = 600 VDC  
METRIC  
(INCHES)  
DIMENSIONS ARE:  
manufacturers model  
Resistance Code  
number and style  
-255 = 2.5 megohms  
-505 = 5 megohms  
Flammability ..........................U.L. 94V-0  
Standard Packaging .....50 pcs. per tube  
Adjustment Tool ..............................H-90  
Optional Suffix Letter  
T = Red Knob  
SHADED AREAS TYPICALLY NOT STOCKED BY  
DISTRIBUTORS AND NOT RECOMMENDED FOR NEW  
DESIGNS.  
*”FLUORINERT” IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF 3M CO.  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
61  
Vertical adjust type available  
Features  
Single-Turn / Cermet / Industrial / Sealed  
Designed for operational amplifier offset  
voltage adjustment applications  
Reduces power supply drift errors  
Unique center tapped trimming  
potentiometer  
3386-OT1 - 3/8” Square Trimming Potentiometer  
3386P-OT1  
Standard Resistance Table  
Electrical Characteristics  
Standard Resistance Range  
.......................100 ohms to 1 megohm  
(see standard resistance table)  
Resistance Tolerance .............±20% std.  
Absolute Minimum Resistance  
.........................................2 ohms max.  
Voltage Output Variation.............±0.25%  
Adjustability (VR) ......................±0.025%  
Insulation Resistance @ 500 vdc  
4.83  
(.190)  
Resistance  
(Ohms)  
Resistance  
Code  
4.70 ± .51  
(.185 ± .030)  
2.54  
3
5.97 ± .89  
(.235 ± .035)  
100  
101  
201  
501  
102  
202  
502  
103  
203  
503  
104  
204  
504  
105  
200  
(.100)  
500  
2
1,000  
2,000  
2.54  
(.100)  
5,000  
4
2.54  
10,000  
20,000  
50,000  
100,000  
200,000  
500,000  
1,000,000  
.38  
(.015)  
1
MIN.  
(.100)  
2.54  
(.100)  
.51 ± .05  
(.020 ± .002)  
DIA.  
9.53  
............................1,000 megohms min.  
Dielectric Strength  
Sea Level .................................900 vac  
70,000 Feet ..............................350 vac  
Effective Electrical Travel........280° nom.  
Center Tap Resistance .......2 ohms max.  
Center Tap Electrical Center............±5%  
Center Tap Dead Band...................6°±4°  
(.375)  
Popular values listed in boldface. Special  
resistances available.  
9.53  
(.375)  
SHADED AREAS TYPICALLY NOT STOCKED BY  
DISTRIBUTORS AND NOT RECOMMENDED FOR NEW  
DESIGNS.  
ADJ. SLOT  
.76  
(.030)  
.76  
(.030)  
3.81  
(.150)  
WIDE  
X
X
DEEP  
Environmental Characteristics  
5.64  
(.222)  
TOLERANCES: ± 0.25 (.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED  
Power Rating  
LONG  
85°C.........................................0.5 watt  
150°C..........................................0 watt  
Temperature Range  
...................................-55°C to +150°C  
Temperature Stability (VR)  
METRIC  
(INCHES)  
DIMENSIONS ARE:  
CLOCKWISE  
WIPER  
2
..........................................±0.5% max.  
Seal Test ........................85°C Fluorinert*  
Humidity........MIL-STD-202 Method 103  
96 hours ±2%  
CW  
CCW  
3
1
CENTER TAP  
4
TR 10 Megohms min.  
Vibration, 30G .........................±1% TR  
Shock, 100G ...........................±1% TR  
Load Life, 1,000 Hours ............±3% TR  
Rotational Life, 200 cycles ......±4% TR  
Suggested Offset Voltage Adjustment Circuit  
R2  
+V  
3
- INPUT  
+ INPUT  
-
OUTPUT  
R2  
+
Physical Characteristics  
Mechanical Angle ...................310° nom.  
Torque .............................5.0 oz-in. max.  
Stop Strength .................15.0 oz-in. min.  
Terminals ........................Solderable pins  
Weight ........................................0.03 oz.  
Marking ...........................Manufacturers  
trademark, resistance code,  
R5  
R6  
R3  
20KΩ  
2
4
10Ω  
R4 = R5 + R6  
OFFSET  
ADJUSTMENT  
RANGE = ±V (R3/R6)(R2/R2 + R5)  
R2 & R4> R6  
1
–V  
R1 20KΩ  
BOURNS OFFSET TRIMMER  
wiring diagram, date  
code, manufacturers model  
number and style  
Flammability ..........................U.L. 94V-0  
Standard Packaging  
............................50 pcs. per tube/tray  
Adjustment Tool ..............................H-90  
How To Order  
3386 P - OT1 - 103  
Also see Model 3296-OT1, page 30.  
Model  
Style  
Catalog Product  
Resistance Code  
*”FLUORINERT” IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF 3M CO.  
62  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
Features  
High temperature plastic rotor  
Applications  
Car radios  
Recommended for reflow processing  
Color printers  
Rotor design compatible with pick and  
place and automatic adjustment equipment  
Cordless telephones  
CCD Camera control modules  
LCD modules  
Supplied in 8mm embossed tape, compat-  
ible with automatic assembly equipment  
Cermet element  
TC03 - Trimming Potentiometer  
TC03X-2  
Electrical Characteristics  
Standard Resistance Range  
..................................100 to 1 megohm  
(see standard resistance table)  
Resistance Tolerance .............±25% std.  
Absolute Minimum Resistance  
Standard Resistance Table  
3mm Open Frame  
for Reflow Soldering  
3-Terminal  
Resistance  
(Ohms)  
Part Marking Resistance  
Code  
Code  
100  
200  
500  
12  
22  
52  
101  
201  
501  
3.00  
(.118)  
2.80  
1K Ohms ......................20 ohms max.  
>1K Ohms .....................2% max. of TR  
Contact Resistance Variation  
................................................5% max.  
Resolution...................................Infinite  
Adjustment Angle ....................270° ±20°  
1,000  
2,000  
5,000  
10,000  
20,000  
13  
23  
53  
14  
24  
54  
15  
25  
55  
16  
102  
202  
502  
103  
203  
503  
104  
204  
504  
105  
(.110)  
2
3.60  
(.141)  
50,000  
100,000  
200,000  
500,000  
1,000,000  
1.50  
(.059)  
Environmental Characteristics  
3.00  
(.118)  
DIA.  
Resistance to Soldering Heat  
.......260°C, 10 seconds, TRS max. 5%  
Power Rating (50 VDC max.)  
70°C .......................................0.10 watt  
Temperature Range  
......................................-40°C to +85°C  
Temperature Coefficient  
..........................................±250ppm/°C  
Humidity .....................................95% RH  
500 hours  
TRS max. ........................................±5%  
Load Life  
1.90  
1
3
Popular values listed in boldface.  
(.074)  
1.50  
(.059)  
1.85  
(.072)  
1.30  
(.051)  
0.95  
(.037)  
1.10  
(.043)  
0.60  
(.023)  
.............@ 70°C rated power 500 hours  
TRS ±5%  
Rotational Cycling......................20 turns  
TRS ±15%  
0.80  
(.031)  
0.80  
(.031)  
Physical Characteristics  
SUGGESTED PWB LAYOUT  
Torque.........................20-200g-cm max.  
Mechanical Angle .................Continuous  
Marking......................Part marking code  
Standard Packaging  
1.60  
(.062)  
0.90  
(.035)  
1.50  
(.059)  
...................................2000 pcs./7” reel  
1.00  
(.039)  
How To Order  
TC03 X - 2 - 103 E  
Model  
0.80  
(.031)  
1.20  
(.047)  
3.20  
(.125)  
Style  
Orientation of Parts  
In Tape:  
Style X: Terminals Away  
From Sprocket  
Holes  
WIPER  
2
CW  
CCW  
3
1
CLOCKWISE  
Standard or Modified  
Product Indicator  
-2 = Cross Slot Rotor (Std. Product)  
METRIC  
(INCHES)  
Resistance Code  
DIMENSIONS ARE:  
Embossed Tape Designator  
Consult factory for other available options.  
63  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
Features  
Recommended for reflow processing  
Applications  
Audio car radios  
Rotor design compatible with pick and  
place and automatic adjustment equipment  
Satellite receivers - digital/analog  
Computer power supplies  
Supplied in 8mm embossed tape, compat-  
ible with automatic assembly equipment  
Carbon element  
TC73 - Trimming Potentiometer  
TC73X/W-2  
Electrical Characteristics  
How To Order  
3.10  
(.122)  
Standard Resistance Range  
..................................500 to 1 megohm  
(see standard resistance table)  
3.60  
(.141)  
TC73 X - 1 - 103 E  
1.60  
(.062)  
2
Model  
Resistance Tolerance .............±30% std.  
Absolute Minimum Resistance  
1K Ohms ......................20 ohms max.  
>1K Ohms .....................2% max. of TR  
Contact Resistance Variation  
................................................5% max.  
Resolution...................................Infinite  
Adjustment Angle...............260° ±20°(-2)  
Style  
2.20  
(.086)  
Orientation of Parts  
In Tape:  
1.50  
(.059)  
Style X: Terminals Away  
From Sprocket  
Holes  
RESISTANCE  
Style W: Terminals in direction  
to sprocket holes  
(preferred)  
1.90  
(.075)  
1.80  
(.070)  
3
1
0.50  
(.019)  
Environmental Characteristics  
Standard or Modified  
Product Indicator  
1 = Mechanical rotation stop  
(preferred)  
0.80  
(.031)  
Resistance to Soldering Heat  
.......240°C, 20 seconds, TRS max. 5%  
Power Rating (50 VDC max.)  
50°C .......................................0.05 watt  
Temperature Range  
1.80  
(.070)  
2 = Continuous  
Resistance Code  
......................................-25°C to +85°C  
Temperature Coefficient  
Embossed Tape Designator  
E = 2000 pcs. per reel, 8mm tape  
..........................................±250ppm/°C  
Humidity .....................................95% RH  
500 hours  
TRS max. ..........................+15% to -2%  
Load Life  
.............@ 50°C rated power 500 hours  
TRS ±5%  
0.80  
(.031)  
0.65  
(.025)  
1.15  
(.059)  
1.15  
(.059)  
Consult factory for other available options.  
1.80  
(.070)  
DIA.  
Rotational Cycling......................20 turns  
TRS ±20%  
0.55  
(.021)  
0.35  
(.013)  
DRIVER  
SLOT DEPTH  
Physical Characteristics  
Torque.........................10-150g-cm max.  
Mechanical Angle  
0.20  
(.008)  
.........................Continuous; 260° ± 20°  
Marking......................Part marking code  
Standard Packaging  
DRIVER SLOT SHAPE  
SUGGESTED PCB LAYOUT  
...................................2000 pcs./7” reel  
1.30  
(.051)  
0.80  
(.031)  
Soldering Process  
Hand Soldering ....Soldering Iron of 20W  
or less controlled at 280°C for about 3  
sec. while applying solder  
1.25  
(.049)  
1.30  
(.051)  
Reflow Soldering ........Peak temperature  
or reflow oven should be  
set to 240°C max.  
1.25  
(.049)  
1.20  
1.20  
Standard Resistance Table  
(.047)  
(.047)  
0.80  
(.031)  
Resistance  
(Ohms)  
Part Marking Resistance  
Code  
Code  
500  
52  
501  
1,000  
2,000  
5,000  
10,000  
20,000  
13  
23  
53  
14  
24  
54  
15  
25  
55  
16  
102  
202  
502  
103  
203  
503  
104  
204  
504  
105  
WIPER  
2
CW  
CCW  
3
1
50,000  
100,000  
200,000  
500,000  
1,000,000  
CLOCKWISE  
METRIC  
(INCHES)  
Popular values listed in boldface.  
DIMENSIONS ARE:  
64  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
Features  
Dust-resistant enclosure  
Applications  
Power supplies  
Cordless phones  
Printer  
Polyester substrate  
Available on tape and reel for automatic  
insertion or in bulk for manual assembly  
Television sets  
Audio equipment  
Adjustable front/back, top/bottom  
Cross slot rotor design suitable for  
automatic adjustment equipment  
TC76 - 6mm Carbon Trimming Potentiometer  
Electrical Characteristics  
Packaging Specifications  
Taper..........................................................................................................................Linear  
Standard Resistance Range............................................................100 ohms – 1megohm  
Resistance Tolerance ................................................................................................±30%  
Maximum Voltage ..................................................................................................100VDC  
Standard Nominal Resistance Value ....................................................................See table  
Residual Resistance ..........................................................................2% (min. 10 ohms)  
Equivalent Noise Resistance ......................................................................................5%  
R: Tape and Reel (W, N, G)  
Top Adjust:  
Side Adjust: 1000pcs  
750pcs  
52  
(2.047)  
360  
(14.173)  
DIA.  
Environmental Characteristics  
A: Ammo Pack (W, N, G)  
Power Rating ............................................................................................0.1 Watt @ 40°C  
Operating Temperature.................................................................................-25°C to 70°C  
Load Life ........................................................................1000 hours @ 40°C; 0.1W; ±10%  
Mechanical Life (Cycles)......................................................100 @ 10CPM; ±3% (Rn <1M)  
Temperature Coefficient ......................................................................................±300ppm  
Thermal Cycling .........................................................16 hours @ 85°C; 2h @ -25°C; ±5%  
Damp Heat.................................................................500 hours @ 40°C @ 95% HR; ±5%  
Vibration ....................................................................2 hours @ 20g @ 10Hz…50Hz: ±2%  
Top Adjust:  
Side Adjust: 1000pcs  
750pcs  
260  
(10.236)  
338  
(13.307)  
48  
(1.889)  
Physical Characteristics  
Bulk (B, Z, P)  
42  
(1.653)  
Mechanical Angle ................................................................................................280° ±10°  
Electrical Angle ...................................................................................................245° ±25°  
Rotational Torque ...........................................................................................0.2 to 3 Ncm  
Stop-End Strength ..............................................................................................>3.5 Ncm  
500pcs  
86  
185  
(3.385)  
(7.283)  
How to Order  
Adjustment Details  
TC76 B - 1 - 102 __  
Top Adjust Styles G, N, P and Z  
Model  
Style  
3.8  
(0.149)  
3.7  
(0.145)  
5.2  
(0.205)  
2.5  
(0.098)  
6.3  
(0.248)  
4.2  
See drawings (B, Z preferred)  
0.9  
(0.165)  
(0.035)  
Standard or Modified  
Product Indicator  
-1 = Standard Product  
Resistance Code  
2.15  
(0.064)  
0.9  
(0.035)  
0.8  
(0.031)  
Optional Packaging Designator  
(Standard = Bulk)  
R = Tape & Reel (W, N, G)  
A = Ammo Pack - preferred (W, N, G)  
2.8  
(0.110)  
5
7.6  
(0.299)  
(0.197)  
MM  
DIMENSIONS:  
(IN)  
2
WIPER  
Standard Resistance Table  
CCW  
1
3
Resistance  
(Ohms)  
Resistance  
Code  
CLOCKWISE  
Side Adjust Styles B and W  
100  
200  
500  
101  
201  
501  
6.4  
(0.252)  
3.8  
(0.149)  
5.2  
(0.205)  
1,000  
2,000  
5,000  
10,000  
20,000  
50,000  
100,000  
102  
202  
502  
103  
203  
503  
104  
8.7  
(0.342)  
3.7  
(0.145)  
2.8  
(0.110)  
4.2  
0.9  
(0.165)  
(0.035)  
0.9  
0.8  
(0.031)  
(0.035)  
5
200,000  
500,000  
1,000,000  
204  
504  
105  
(0.197)  
0.3 ± 0.05  
(0.012 ± .002)  
0.5 ± 0.07  
(0.019 ± .003)  
5
(0.197)  
2.5  
(0.098)  
0.8 +0.1/-0.2  
(0.031 +.004/-.008)  
SHADED AREAS TYPICALLY NOT STOCKED BY  
DISTRIBUTORS AND NOT RECOMMENDED FOR NEW  
DESIGNS.  
65  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
TC76 - 6mm Carbon Trimming Potentiometer  
Taped Model TC76W  
12.7 ± 1  
(0.500 ± .039)  
PCB Layout  
1.3 +0.1/-0  
(0.051 +.004/-0)  
DIA.  
3 ± 0.05  
(0.118 ± .002)  
1 +0.1/-0  
(0.039 +.004/-0)  
DIA.  
0.4  
(0.015)  
28.7 ± 1  
(1.086 ± .039)  
5 +0.8/-0.2  
3.85 ± 0.7  
5 ± 0.05  
(0.197 ±.002)  
(0.197 +.031/-.008)  
(0.152 ± .028)  
17 ± 0.5  
(0.669 ± 0.02)  
20 ± 0.5  
(0.787 ± .020)  
2
MAX.  
9 ± 0.5  
(0.078)  
(0.354 ± .020)  
MM  
(IN)  
DIMENSIONS:  
6 ± 0.3  
(0.236 ± .012)  
18 +1/-0.5  
(0.708 +.039/-.020)  
6.35 ± 1.3  
(0.250 ± .051)  
4 ± 0.3  
(0.156 ± .012)  
DIA.  
12.7 ± 0.3  
(0.500 ± .012)  
Taped Model TC76N (Preferred)  
PCB Layout  
12.7 ± 1  
(0.500 ± .039)  
1.3 +0.1/-0  
(0.051 +.004/-0)  
DIA.  
2.5 ± 0.05  
(0.098 ± .002)  
1 +0.1/-0  
(0.039 +.004/-0)  
DIA.  
0.4  
(0.015)  
27.6 ± 1  
(1.086 ± .039)  
5 +0.8/-0.2  
(0.197 +.031/-.008)  
3.85 ± 0.7  
(0.152 ± .028)  
5 ± 0.05  
(0.197 ±.002)  
17 ± 0.5  
(.669 ± 0.02)  
20 ± 0.5  
(0.787 ± .020)  
2
MAX.  
9 ± 0.5  
(0.078)  
(0.354 ± .020)  
6 ± 0.3  
(0.236 ± .012)  
18 +1/-0.5  
(0.708 +.039/-.020)  
6.35 ± 1.3  
(0.250 ± .051)  
4 ± 0.3  
(0.156 ± .012)  
DIA.  
12.7 ± 0.3  
(0.500 ± .012)  
Taped Model TC76G  
PCB Layout  
12.7 ± 1  
(0.500 ± .039)  
1.3 +0.1/-0  
(0.051 +.004/-0)  
DIA.  
3 ± 0.05  
(0.118 ± .002)  
1 +0.1/-0  
(0.039 +.004/-0)  
DIA.  
0.4  
(0.015)  
27.6 ± 1  
(1.086 ± .039)  
3.85 ± 0.7  
(0.152 ± .028)  
5 +0.8/-0.2  
(0.197 +.031/-.008)  
5 ± 0.05  
17 ± 0.5  
(0.669 ± 0.02)  
(0.197 ±.002)  
20 ± 0.5  
(0.789 ± .020)  
2
9 ± 0.5  
MAX.  
(0.078)  
(0.354 ± .020)  
6 ± 0.3  
(0.236 ± .012)  
18 +1/-0.5  
(0.708 +.039/-.020)  
6.35 ± 1.3  
(0.250 ± .051)  
4 ± 0.3  
(0.156 ± .012)  
DIA.  
12.7 ± 0.3  
(0.500 ± .012)  
66  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
TC76 - 6mm Carbon Trimming Potentiometer  
Through-hole Model TC76B preferred  
Through-hole Model TC76Z preferred  
1.3 +0.1/-0  
(0.051 +.004/-0)  
8.7  
(0.342)  
5
3.7  
(0.146)  
1.3 +0.1/-0  
(0.051 +.004/-0)  
DIA.  
DIA.  
(0.197)  
5.2  
(0.205)  
2.5 ± 0.05  
6.4  
(0.252)  
2
8.7  
(0.342)  
6.4  
(0.252)  
(0.098 ± .002)  
5.2  
(0.205)  
7.6  
(0.299)  
(0.079)  
DIA.  
5
5 ± 0.05  
(0.197 ±.002)  
(0.197)  
1 +0.1/-0  
(0.039 +.004/-0)  
DIA.  
1.5  
(0.059)  
1 +0.1/-0  
3
3
(0.039 +.004/-0)  
DIA.  
3.6  
(0.142)  
(0.118)  
3.6  
(0.142)  
0.3 ± 0.05  
(0.012 ± .002)  
(0.118)  
0.5 ± 0.07  
0.3 ± 0.05  
(0.019 ± .003)  
5
(0.012 ± .002)  
0.5  
(0.019)  
5 ± 0.05  
(0.197 ±.002)  
(0.197)  
2.5  
(0.098)  
5
5 ± 0.05  
(0.197 ±.002)  
0.8 +0.1/-0.2  
(0.031 +.004/-.008)  
(0.197)  
0.8  
(0.032)  
Through-hole Model TC76P  
Crimped Terminals detail  
8.7  
(0.342)  
5
CRIMPING DETAIL  
3.7  
(0.146)  
1.3 +0.1/-0  
(0.051 +.004/-0)  
DIA.  
(0.197)  
2.5 ± 0.05  
(0.098 ± .002)  
6.4  
(0.252)  
5.2  
(0.205)  
7.6  
(0.299)  
2.9  
(0.114)  
3.5  
(0.137)  
0.7  
1 +0.1/-0  
(0.027)  
(0.039 +.004/-0)  
DIA.  
0.75  
(0.029)  
1.5  
(0.059)  
3
3.6  
(0.142)  
(0.118)  
0.3 ± 0.05  
(0.012 ± .002)  
2.5  
(0.098)  
2.15  
(0.085)  
0.5  
(0.019)  
5 ± 0.05  
(0.197 ±.002)  
0.8  
(0.032)  
67  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
Features  
Dimensions of 6, 8 and 10mm  
Applications  
Television sets  
Low cost receivers  
Carbon element  
Open frame construction  
Vertical or horizontal adjustment  
TDB06/TDB08/TDB10 - Trimming Potentiometer  
TDB06-5  
TDB08-5  
TDB10-4  
TDB06-6  
TDB08-3  
TDB10-8  
Electrical Characteristics  
Taper .........................................B (linear)  
Standard Resistance Range  
A
A
............................500 ohms to 1M ohm  
(see standard resistance table)  
Resistance Tolerance .............±30% std.  
Nominal Resistance Value  
C
C
B
B
...............See standard resistance table  
Residual Resistance  
E
.........................Max. 100 ohms or ±5%  
Environmental Characteristics  
Power Rating  
D
TDB06 ....................................0.05 watt  
TDB08/10 .................................0.1 watt  
Temperature ...................+5% and -30%  
resistance change  
D
E
1.0  
(.039)  
3 PLACES  
after 5 hours at 70°C  
Load ...........5% resistance change max.  
after 3 hours rated load  
Humidity ...15% resistance change max.  
after 5 hours in 95% RH at 40°  
Load Life...20% resistance change max.  
after rated load for 350 hours in  
90% RH at 40°  
G
RECOMMENDED PCB LAYOUT  
F
Physical Characteristics  
RECOMMENDED PCB LAYOUT  
Mechanical Angle ...................280° ± 20°  
Rotational Torque...............20 - 300 gcm  
Stop-End Strength ...........0.5 kgcm min.  
Mechanical Strength Base ..1 kgcm min.  
Contact Force ...........................20g min.  
Rotational Life ................15% resistance  
change max. after 100  
1.2  
(.047)  
DIA.  
3 PLACES  
G
G
1.2  
(.047)  
DIA.  
3 PLACES  
G
rotational life tests  
Soldering Condition .............260°C max.  
within 3 seconds  
H
H
Dimensions  
TDB-06-5  
6.6  
.260  
7.2  
.283  
3.6  
.142  
3
.118  
3.8  
.150  
6.9  
.272  
2.5  
.089  
TDB-08-5  
8
.315  
11  
.433  
4
.157  
4
.157  
4
.157  
10  
.394  
2.5  
.089  
TDB-10-4  
10  
.394  
15.3  
.602  
7.3  
.278  
5
.197  
4
.157  
15  
.590  
3.5  
Dimensions  
A
B
C
D
E
How To Order  
TDB-06-6  
TDB-08-3  
TDB-10-8  
10  
6.6  
.260  
7.2  
.283  
3.6  
.142  
3.5  
.138  
2.3  
.090  
2.5  
.089  
2.5  
.089  
2.5  
.089  
8
TDB 08 - 3 103  
A
B
C
D
E
.315  
11  
.433  
4
.394  
15.3  
.602  
7.3  
Model  
Size  
.157  
4
.157  
3
.278  
7
.275  
3.5  
• 06 = 6.5mm  
• 08 = 8mm  
• 10 = 10mm  
F
.118  
2.5  
.089  
2.5  
.089  
2.5  
.089  
.138  
1
.039  
1
.039  
5
.197  
Pin/Housing Style  
(Refer to drawing)  
G
F
.138  
Resistance Code  
(See table)  
G
H
Standard Resistance Table  
Resistance  
(Ohms)  
Resistance  
Consult factory for other available options.  
Code  
500  
1,000  
2,000  
501  
102  
202  
502  
103  
203  
503  
104  
204  
504  
105  
METRIC  
(INCHES)  
DIMENSIONS ARE:  
5,000  
10,000  
20,000  
50,000  
100,000  
200,000  
500,000  
1,000,000  
68  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
Optional Products  
These optional trimmer products are not recommended for new designs. However, if you require technical  
specifications, contact a Bourns representative in your area.  
Mounting  
Model  
Product  
Size  
Circuit Board Layout  
Number  
Surface Through-  
Mount  
Hole  
5.08  
3005  
3/4” rectangular  
3/4” rectangular  
1/2” rectangular  
1/2” round  
12.70  
5.08  
3009  
17.78  
2.54  
3082  
12.70  
2.54  
2.54  
5.08  
3345  
5.08  
2.25  
3.2  
(.089)  
(.126)  
3373  
3mm square  
3.5  
(.138)  
Turns  
Single  
Model  
Number  
Element Resistance  
Power  
Rating  
Mechanical  
Turns  
Temp.  
Range  
Sealing  
Tolerance  
±10%  
±10%  
±10%  
±5%  
Adjust  
Side  
Tech.  
Range  
Multi  
10 ohms  
to  
70°C - 1.0 watts  
125°C - 0 watt  
-65°C -  
+125°C  
3005  
3009  
3082  
3345  
3373  
Sealed Wirewound  
20  
15  
10  
1
50K ohms  
10 ohms  
to  
5 megohms  
@ 400 volts max.  
70°C - 0.75 watts  
150°C - 0 watt  
-55°C -  
+150°C  
Sealed  
Sealed  
Cermet  
Cermet  
Side  
10 ohms  
to  
@ 400 volts max.  
85°C - 0.3 watts  
150°C - 0 watt  
-65°C -  
+150°C  
Side  
2 megohms  
10 ohms  
to  
70°C - 1.0 watts  
150°C - 0 watt  
Top,  
Side  
-55°C -  
+150°C  
Sealed Wirewound  
50K ohms  
10 ohms  
to  
70°C - .125 watts  
125°C - 0 watt  
Top,  
Side  
-55°C -  
+125°C  
Sealed  
Cermet  
±25%  
1
2M ohms  
69  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
Tape and Reel Packaging Specifications  
Now there is a full assortment of Trimpot®  
Potentiometer models on tape and reel  
or ammo pack packaging.  
3266*  
3296*  
Product specifications and  
standard resistance values, page 20.  
Product specifications and  
standard resistance values, page 26.  
• These models are available taped and  
SIDE ADJ UST  
packaged per EIA Standard 468.  
3266Z-1-(RC)R  
SIDE ADJ UST  
3296X-1-(RC)R  
• All models have been tested for  
compatibility with popular radial  
insertion machine models on the  
market today.  
3.81 ± .71  
(.150 ± .028)  
28.07 ± .76  
(1.105 ± .030)  
12.70  
(.500)  
REF.  
12.70  
(.500)  
24.9 + .76  
REF.  
(.980 + .030)  
18 ± .76  
3.81 ± .71  
(.709 ± .030)  
(.15 ± .028)  
8.9 + .76 /- .5  
(.035 + .030/ .020)  
8.89 + .76 /- .51  
(.350 + .030 /- .020)  
2
3
2
How To Order  
3
1
1
3362 M - 1 - 103 R  
Model  
18 ± .76  
(.709 ± .030)  
Style  
4.0 ± .03  
4.0 ± .03  
18 + 1.0/ - 0.5  
(709 + .040/ - .020)  
Standard Product  
Resistance Code  
(.157 ± .001)  
18 + 1.0/ - 0.5  
(709 + .040/ - .020)  
(.157 ± .001)  
DIA.  
DIA.  
12.7 + 0.3/ - 0.25  
(.500 + .012/ - .010)  
12.7 + 0.3/ - 0.25  
(.500 + .012/ - .010)  
Tape & Reel  
Designator: Use “R” for Tape & Reel  
Use A” for Ammo Pack  
4.83 + .30/ -.25  
(.190 + .012/ -.010)  
4.32 ± .38  
(.170 ± .015)  
2.41 ± .25  
(.095 ± .010)  
2.16 ± .25  
(.085 ± .010)  
2.54  
(.100)  
2.54  
(.100)  
ALL PINS IN-LINE ON  
CENTER  
ALL PINS IN-LINE ON  
CENTER  
.43 ± .05  
(017 ± .002)  
DIA. TYP.  
MM  
MM  
(INCHES)  
DIMENSIONS:  
DIMENSIONS:  
(INCHES)  
1000/REEL/BOX  
1000/REEL/BOX  
TOP ADJ UST  
TOP ADJ UST  
3296W-1-(RC)R  
3266Y-1-(RC)R  
3.81 ± .71  
(.150 ± .028)  
3.81 ± .71  
(.150 ± .028)  
8.89 + .76 /- .51  
(.350 + .030 /- .020)  
12.70  
(.500)  
12.70  
REF.  
REF.  
(.500)  
18 ± .76  
(.709 ± .030)  
8.9 + .76 /- .5  
(.035 + .030/ .020)  
2
29.59 ± .76  
(1.165 ± .030)  
25.9 ± 0.76  
(1.020 ± .030)  
3
1
2
3
1
18 ± .76  
(.709 ± .030)  
4.0 ± .03  
18 + 1.0/ - 0.5  
(709 + .040/ - .020)  
18 + 1.0/ - 0.5  
(709 + .040/ - .020)  
4.0 ± .03  
(.157 ± .001)  
DIA.  
(.157 ± .001)  
DIA.  
12.7 + 0.3/ - 0.25  
(.500 + .012/ - .010)  
12.7 + 0.3/ - 0.25  
(.500 + .012/ - .010)  
3.81 ± .71  
(.150 ± .028)  
4.83 + .30/ -.25  
(.190 + .012/ -.010)  
4.32 ± .38  
(.170 ± .015)  
2.54  
(.100)  
2.41 ± .25  
(.095 ± .010)  
2.16 ± .25  
(.085 ± .010)  
2.54  
(.100)  
2.54  
(.100)  
ALL PINS IN-LINE ON  
CENTER  
ALL PINS IN-LINE ON  
CENTER  
.51 ± .051  
(020 ± .002)  
DIA. TYP.  
MM  
MM  
DIMENSIONS:  
DIMENSIONS:  
(INCHES)  
(INCHES)  
1000/REEL/BOX  
1000/REEL/BOX  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
*Patented models.  
70  
Tape and Reel Packaging Specifications  
3329  
3362  
3386  
Product specifications and  
standard resistance values, page 51.  
Product specifications and standard  
resistance values, pages 54 & 55.  
Product specifications and standard  
resistance values, pages 59 & 60.  
SIDE ADJ UST  
3362M-1-(RC)R  
SIDE ADJUST  
3386W-1-(RC)R  
SIDE ADJ UST  
3329M-1-(RC)R  
12.70  
(.500)  
REF.  
12.70  
(.500)  
26.4 ± .76  
(1.039 ± .030)  
REF.  
27.56 ± .76  
(1.085 ± .030)  
27.56 ± .76  
(1.085 ± .030)  
9.4 ± .5  
(.370 ± .020)  
12.70  
(.500)  
7.0  
(.275)  
REF.  
18 ± .76  
18 ± .76  
(.709 ± .030)  
(.708 ± .029)  
2
3.81 ± .71  
(.15 ± .028)  
3
2
1
2
1
1
3
3
8.89 + .76 /- .50  
(.350 + .030/ - .020)  
4.0 ± 0.3  
(.157 ± .012)  
18 + 1.0/ - 0.5  
(.709 + .039/ .020)  
4.0 ± 0.3  
(.157 ± .011)  
4.0 ± 0.3  
DIA.  
18 + 1.0/ - 0.5  
(.709 + .039 -.019)  
18 + 1.0/ - 0.5  
(.709 + .040/ - .020)  
(.157 ± .012)  
DIA.  
DIA.  
12.70 + 0.3/ - 0.25  
(.500 + .012/ - .010)  
12.7 + 0.3/ -0.25  
(.500 + .012/ -.009)  
12.70 + .30/ - 0.25  
(.500 + .012/ - .010)  
6.1 ± .25  
(.240 ± .010)  
4.83 ± .25  
4.7  
(.190 ± .010)  
(.185)  
3.43 ± .25  
(.135 ± .010)  
2.44 ± .25  
(.096 ± .010)  
2.3 ± .38  
(.090 ± .014)  
.43 ± .05  
DIA. TYP.  
2.54  
(.100)  
(.017 ± .002)  
ALL PINS IN-LINE ON  
CENTER  
2.54  
(.100)  
ALL PINS IN-LINE ON  
CENTER  
MM  
.51 ± .05  
(.020 ± .002)  
DIA. TYP.  
DIMENSIONS:  
(INCHES)  
MM  
2.54  
DIMENSIONS:  
ALL PINS IN-LINE ON  
CENTER  
(INCHES)  
1000/REEL/BOX  
(.100)  
MM  
(INCHES)  
1000/REEL/BOX  
DIMENSIONS:  
TOP ADJ UST  
3362U-1-(RC)R  
1000/REEL/BOX  
TOP ADJUST  
3386U-1-(RC)R  
12.70  
(.500)  
TOP ADJ UST  
3329U-1-(RC)R  
REF.  
8.89 ± 0.7  
(.350 ± .028)  
22.98 ± .076  
(.905 ± .030)  
12.70  
(.500)  
22.7 ± .76  
4.7  
REF.  
18.03 ± 0.7  
(.710 ± .028)  
(.893 ± .029)  
(.185)  
18 ± .76  
(.708 ± .029)  
12.70  
(.500)  
REF.  
6.35  
10.16  
(.400)  
MIN.  
MAX.  
3
1
(.250)  
2
1
3
2
24.38 ± 0.76  
(.960 ± .030)  
3
1
3.99 ± 0.3  
(.157 ± .012)  
18.03 ± 1.5  
(.710 ± .060)  
DIA.  
4.0 ± 0.3  
(.157 ± .011)  
18 ± .76  
(.709 ± .030)  
18 + .76/ -.5  
(.708 + .029 -.019)  
DIA.  
3.18 ± 0.7  
(.125 ±.028)  
4.0 ± 0.3  
(.157 ± .012)  
DIA.  
12.70 + 0.3/ - 0.25  
(.500 + .011 -.009)  
18 + 1.0/ - 0.5  
(.709 + .039/ .020)  
12.7 ± 0.3  
(.500 ± .012)  
12.70 + 0.3/ - 0.25  
(.500 + .012/ - .010)  
7.0  
(.275)  
9.53  
(.375)  
6.35 ± .5  
(.250 ± .020)  
3.56 ± .38  
4.78  
(.140 ± .014)  
(.188)  
CENTER  
2.79 ± .25  
(.110 ± .010)  
2.54  
(.100)  
2.54  
(.100)  
ALL PINS IN-LINE ON  
CENTER  
ALL PINS IN-LINE ON  
MM  
MM  
DIMENSIONS:  
750/REEL  
DIMENSIONS:  
(INCHES)  
(INCHES)  
2.54  
(.100)  
ALL PINS IN-LINE ON  
CENTER  
1000/REEL/BOX  
MM  
(INCHES)  
DIMENSIONS:  
1000/REEL/BOX  
71  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
Factory Installed Panel Mount  
TRIMPOT® POTENTIOMETER  
PANEL MOUNTING OPTIONS  
AND HARDWARE  
Models RT12/RJ 12, 3057/3059  
Models 3005/3006/3009  
HEX NUT AND  
LOCKWASHER  
6.35  
#10-32 UNF-2A THD.  
Many Trimpot® Potentiometers are avail-  
able for panel mount application.  
(.25)  
20.32  
10.31  
(.406)  
MAX.  
(.80)  
This product option provides for maxi-  
mum design flexibility.  
2.54  
(.100)  
To order Trimpot® Potentiometers with  
panel mount hardware attached by the  
factory, simply add an M” or Z”  
suffix to the Bourns part number per  
Table I, page 75.  
7.95  
(.313)  
33.35  
(1.31)  
6.35  
(.25)  
ADJ. SLOT  
2.54  
(.100 )  
.508  
LONG  
WIDE  
DEEP  
Example:  
3006P-1-100Z  
(.020)  
.762  
(.030)  
BUSHING  
10-32  
NF-2 THD  
To order military Trimpot®  
Potentiometers with panel mount hard-  
ware attached by the factory, order the  
military part number and add “with panel  
mount attached.”  
Example:  
RT12C2PRC, with panel mount  
attached.  
3.81  
(.150)  
6.76 ± .38  
(.266 ± .015)  
1.52 TO 3.30  
(.06 TO .13)  
To order panel mounting accessories for  
customer installation, simply use the part  
number per Table II, page 75.  
ADJ. SLOT  
2.54  
LONG  
7.92  
(.312)  
(.100)  
.635  
WIDE  
DEEP  
(.020)  
.762  
(.030)  
Example:  
H83P  
3.30  
(0.13)  
PANEL  
MAX.  
5.94  
(.234)  
NOTE: For complete product specifica-  
tions, see catalog page for the trimmer  
model.  
Torque - Apply maximum 8 in. lbs. on  
mounting nut when mounted on panel.  
NOTES:  
NOTES:  
1. PROVIDED WITH LOCKWASHER AND MOUNTING  
NUT.  
.200  
2. RECOMMEND PANEL HOLE SIZE #7 DRILL  
(.008)  
1. PROVIDED WITH LOCKWASHER AND MOUNTING  
NUT.  
.194  
2. RECOMMEND PANEL HOLES. #10 DRILL  
(.008)  
72  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
Factory Installed Panel Mount  
Models RT24/RTR24/3290  
Models RT22/RTR22/RJ 22 3250/3252  
Models 3292  
H and W Styles - 3290 X & W Styles-  
RT24/RTR24  
X, L and W Styles  
6.10  
(.240)  
7.62  
(.300)  
6.10  
(.240)  
3.05  
4.06  
3.05  
(.120)  
(.160)  
(.120)  
ADJ. SLOT  
.243  
ADJ. SLOT  
ADJ. SLOT  
.243  
.243  
(.010)  
.064  
LONG  
BUSHING  
10-32 UNF-2A  
THD.  
BUSHING  
LONG  
WIDE  
DEEP  
BUSHING  
10-32 UNF-2A  
THD.  
LONG  
WIDE  
DEEP  
(.010)  
(.010)  
.064  
10-32 UNF-2A  
.064  
THD.  
WIDE  
DEEP  
(.003)  
.064  
(.003)  
.064  
(.003)  
.064  
(.003)  
OPT. BEND  
OPT. BEND  
OPT. BEND  
DOWN ANTI-  
ROTATION TAB  
(.003)  
DOWN ANTI-  
(.003)  
DOWN ANTI-  
ROTATION TAB  
ROTATION TAB  
6.35  
6.35  
6.35  
(.250)  
(.250)  
(.250)  
10.92  
(.430)  
13.97  
(.550)  
11.43  
(.450)  
11.68  
(.460)  
11.68  
(.460)  
14.99  
(.590)  
.826 ± .038  
.826 ± .038  
(.033 ± .020)  
(.033 ± .020)  
PANEL  
3.3  
(.130)  
MAX  
PANEL  
3.3  
(.130)  
MAX  
11.43  
(.450)  
PANEL  
3.3  
(.130)  
MAX  
PANEL LAYOUT  
PANEL LAYOUT  
PANEL LAYOUT  
.200  
(.008)  
.200  
(.008)  
= 7 DRILL  
= 7 DRILL  
.200  
(.008)  
7.37  
(.290)  
7.37  
(.290)  
= 7 DRILL  
10.16  
(.400)  
.132 OPTIONAL FOR  
(.005) ANTI-ROTATION NUB  
.132 OPTIONAL FOR  
(.005) ANTI-ROTATION NUB  
.132 OPTIONAL FOR  
(.005) ANTI-ROTATION NUB  
NOTES:  
N
NOTES:  
1. PROVIDED WITH LOCKWASHER AND MOUNTING  
NUT.  
1. PROVIDED WITH LOCKWASHER AND MOUNTING  
NUT.  
NOTES:  
1. PROVIDED WITH LOCKWASHER AND MOUNTING  
NUT.  
73  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
Customer Installed Panel Mount - Unsealed  
SEE TABLE II (PAGE 75) FOR PANEL MOUNT PART NUMBER  
H-58P Panel Mount  
H-65P Panel Mount  
H-83P Panel Mount  
1-1/4 Inch Rectangular  
Multiturn Modules  
1/2 Inch Square  
Multiturn Models  
Adapter for Models 3005 AND 3006  
The H-83P Adapter is used with Models  
3005 (page 69) and 3006 (page 9). Order  
separately and simply snap fit the trim-  
mer in the plastic case. The H-83P with  
lock-washer and mounting nut is avail-  
able in 50-piece lots.  
HEX NUT AND  
LOCKWASHER  
7.62  
(.300)  
10.31  
(.406)  
MAX.  
4.06  
(.160)  
ADJ. SLOT  
.243  
(.010)  
.064  
BUSHING  
10-32 UNF-2A  
THD.  
LONG  
WIDE  
DEEP  
(.003)  
.064  
7.95  
(.313)  
OPT. BEND  
DOWN ANTI-  
ROTATION TAB  
(.003)  
33.35  
(1.31)  
6.35  
(.250)  
6.35  
(.250)  
13.97  
(.550)  
BUSHING  
10-32  
NF-2 THD  
22.10  
(.870)  
7.62  
(.300)  
14.99  
(.590)  
5/16-32  
UNEF  
THREAD  
5.54  
(.218)  
11.43  
(.450)  
1.52  
(.060)  
3.30  
(.130)  
10.0  
(.394)  
TO  
3.30  
PANEL  
(0.13)  
MAX.  
ADJ. SHAFT  
RECESSED 5/16  
PANEL LAYOUT  
ADJ. SLOT  
.200  
(.008)  
= 7 DRILL  
9.53  
(.375)  
10.16  
(.400)  
2.54  
(.100)  
.635  
LONG  
WIDE  
DEEP  
(.250)  
.762  
5.94  
(.234)  
9.53  
(.375)  
(.030 )  
.132 OPTIONAL FOR  
(.005) ANTI-ROTATION NUB  
NOTES:  
NOTES:  
NOTES:  
1. PROVIDED WITH LOCKWASHER AND MOUNTING  
NUT.  
1. PROVIDED WITH LOCKWASHER AND MOUNTING  
NUT.  
1. DRAWINGS SHOWN WITH TRIMMER. ORDER PART  
SEPARATELY  
.194  
2. RECOMMEND PANEL HOLES. #10 DRILL  
(.008)  
2. DRAWINGS SHOWN WITH TRIMMER. ORDER PART  
SEPARATELY  
*SPECIFY H82 IF PANEL SEAL IS REQUIRED.  
74  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
Customer Installed Panel Mount  
3/8 Inch Square Multiturn Models  
H-114P/115P/116P Panel Mount  
TABLE I  
FACTORY INSTALLED PANEL MOUNTS  
STANDARD PART NO.  
PART NO. WITH PANEL MOUNT  
6.10  
(.240)  
3005P-1-(RC)  
3005P-1-(RC) Z  
3.05  
(.120)  
3006P,Y, or W-1-(RC)  
3009P or Y-1-(RC)  
3057L,J,P, or Y-1-(RC)  
3059L,J,P, or Y-1-(RC)  
3250L or W-1-(RC)  
3252L or W-1-(RC)  
3290 H or W-1-(RC)  
3292L,W, or X-1-(RC)  
3006P,Y, or W-1-(RC) Z  
3009P or Y-1-(RC) Z  
3057L,J,P, or Y-1-(RC) M  
3059L,J,P, or Y-1-(RC) M  
3250L or W-1-(RC) M  
3252L or W-1-(RC) M  
3290H or W-1-(RC) M  
3292L,W, or X-1-(RC) M  
ADJ. SLOT  
.243  
(.010)  
.064  
BUSHING  
10-32 UNF-2A  
THD.  
LONG  
WIDE  
DEEP  
(.003)  
.064  
OPT. BEND  
DOWN ANTI-  
(.003)  
ROTATION TAB  
11.43  
(.450)  
(H-115P)  
(H-116P)  
6.35  
(.250)  
10.92  
(.430)  
(H-114P)  
TABLE II  
RETRO-FIT PANEL MOUNTS FOR INSTALLATION BY CUSTOMER  
11.68  
(.460)  
STANDARD PART NO.  
3005P-1-(RC)  
ORDER PANEL MOUNT PART NO.  
H-83P  
.826 ± .038  
(.033 ± .002)  
3006P,Y, or W-1-(RC)  
3057L,J,P, or Y-1-(RC)  
3059L,J,P, or Y-1-(RC)  
3250L, W, X-(RC)  
3252L or W-1-(RC)  
3252X-1-(RC)  
H-83P  
3.30  
PANEL  
(0.13)  
MAX.  
H-58P* SCREW ASSEMBLY  
H-58P* SCREW ASSEMBLY  
H-65P-1*  
PANEL LAYOUT  
H-65P-3*  
.200  
(.008)  
= 7 DRILL  
7.37  
(.290)  
H-65P-5*  
3290 H or W-1-(RC)  
3292L-1-(RC)  
H-114P*  
H-115P*  
3292W OR X-1-(RC)  
RT12P,Y,L  
H-116P*  
.132 OPTIONAL FOR  
(.005) ANTI-ROTATION NUB  
H-58P* SCREW ASSEMBLY  
H-58P* SCREW ASSEMBLY  
H-65P-1*  
RJ12L,P,Y  
NOTES:  
RT22L,W, X, RTR22L,W, X  
RJ22L,W  
1. PROVIDED WITH LOCKWASHER AND MOUNTING  
NUT.  
H-65P-3*  
2. DRAWINGS SHOWN WITH TRIMMER. ORDER PART  
SEPARATELY  
RJ22X  
H-65P-5*  
RT24W / RTR24W OR X  
RJR24W OR X  
H-114P*  
H-116P*  
*Specify H-82 if panel seal is required.  
75  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
Hardware For Special Mounting Applications  
H-26S Side Bracket  
H-25/H-28 Stacking Straps  
H-82 Panel Seal  
Models 3250 and 3252  
This hardware is available for special  
mounting applications.  
Models 3250, 3252 (H-25) and 3292  
(H-28).  
For all panel mounts with size 10-32  
bushings.  
4.83  
(.190)  
A
9.35  
(.368)  
STAINLESS STEEL  
CUP WASHER  
13.21  
(.520)  
TYP.  
B
C
9.35  
(.368)  
7.37  
(.290)  
.381  
(.015)  
1.02  
(.040)  
4.57  
(.180)  
23.62  
(.930)  
4 PLCS.  
12.70  
(.500)  
.89  
(.035)  
4.83  
(.190)  
DIMENSIONS  
H-25  
H-28  
.236  
(.093)  
.363  
(.143)  
1.321  
(.520)  
.178  
(.070)  
.318  
(.125)  
1.064  
(.419)  
A
4.01  
(.158)  
RUBBER O RING  
B
C
6.35  
(.250)  
.51  
(.02)  
.325  
(.013)  
DIA.  
To be used with the following to provide  
panel seal:  
H-58P  
THICKNESS  
6.35  
(.250)  
2 PLCS.  
H-65P-1  
H-65P-3  
H-65P-5  
H-114P  
H-115P  
H-116P  
15.88  
(.625)  
3.81  
(.150)  
6.35  
(.250)  
76  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
Features  
Meets UL 94V-0  
Pocket clip  
For use on most trimmer shafts/rotors  
Recessed end for use with extended  
shafts  
H-90/H-91 - Adjustment Tools  
H-90  
127.00  
(5.00)  
1.27  
(.050)  
STAINLESS STEEL  
BLADE  
BLADE - BOTH ENDS  
2.03  
(.080)  
.406 ± .025  
(.016 ± .001)  
RECESSED  
WIDE X  
THICK  
.254  
(.010)  
15.2 ± 2.54  
(0.60 ± 0.10)  
H-91*  
STAINLESS STEEL  
BLADE  
RECESSED  
1.47  
.457 ± .025  
(.018 ± .001)  
BLADE  
WIDE X  
(.058)  
THICK  
.254  
(.010)  
1.40  
(.055)  
2.29  
(.090)  
.457  
(.018)  
BLADE  
WIDE X  
THICK  
*H-91 RECOMMENDED FOR USE WITH TRIMMER MODELS 3224 AND 3214.  
Wide assortment of popular trimmers  
Convenient, easy-to-use packaging  
Single-turn and multiturn styles  
Many configurations in both cermet and  
wirewound element types  
H-800 TrimBinTrimmer Lab Design Kit  
Select the size, shape, type of element, and method of adjust-  
ment to suit your application.  
A complete as s ortment of the mos t popular through-hole  
trimme r s tyle s from Bourns Trimp ot is c onta ine d in one  
convenient package. The kit contains 126 parts representing  
50 varieties of resistances and pin styles.  
Full line of surface mount products  
Convenient, easy-to-use packaging  
Single-turn, multiturn, sealed, open-frame  
styles  
Popular styles and ohmic values  
H-814 Surface Mount Lab Design Kit  
A complete assortment of the most popular surface mount  
Als o included are complete performance parameters and  
specifications for each model in the kit. Plus, a convenient  
Adjustment Tool.  
products from Bourns Trimpot is contained in this convenient  
lab design kit. It contains 220 parts in popular styles and  
resistance values to help in your design selection.  
77  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
Features  
High intensity Xenon beam  
Two tool tip sizes  
Red and blue/green vision aid lenses  
Approved for hazardous location use  
H-200 - Adjustment Tool with a Light  
120.65  
(4.75)  
TrimBeam  
Makes It Easy to See and Access  
Small Electronic Components  
12.7  
(0.500)  
DIA.  
BLADE  
1.52  
(0.060)  
Twist the Head  
toTurn Light  
On/Off  
NARROW TOOL TIP  
0.56  
(0.022)  
MAX.  
1.02  
2.80  
(0.110)  
DIA.  
(0.040)  
2.67  
(0.105)  
11.68  
(0.460)  
DIA.  
0.89  
(0.035)  
15.75  
(0.620)  
38.1  
(1.50)  
ALIGNMENT  
TOOL  
INSERTS  
INTO  
SHROUD  
12.7  
(0.500)  
DIA.  
BLADE  
2.80  
(0.110)  
WIDE TOOL TIP  
0.56  
(0.022)  
MAX.  
1.02  
2.80  
(0.110)  
DIA.  
COLOR DISK  
DROPS INTO  
LENS  
(0.040)  
2.67  
(0.105)  
11.68  
(0.460)  
DIA.  
PULL OFF  
SHROUD...  
MAKE SURE  
SHROUD  
0.89  
(0.035)  
15.75  
SNAPS BACK  
ONTO LENS  
(0.620)  
37.08  
TRIMBEAM  
(1.46)  
LENS  
XENON  
LAMP  
MODULE  
CENELEC  
78  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
Mil-Spec Numbering System - Defined  
High-Rel Wirewound Specification MIL-R-39015 RTR Styles  
Non-Wirewound RJ Styles  
This specification has a procedure for ordering, processing, and  
m a rking p a rts e ntire ly d iffe re nt tha n the o the r thre e  
specifications. IT DOES NOT USE THE TYPE DESIGNATION  
NUMBER AS THE PART NUMBER.  
MIL-R-22097  
RJ 24  
F
W
103  
Style  
Characteristic  
T.C. Max.  
±100PPM°C  
C.R.V. Max.  
Thermal Shock  
Humidity  
1%  
1%  
1%  
THE NUMBER TO ORDER BY CONSISTS OF:  
Shock 1%  
Vibration  
1. The individual specification sheet number  
M39015/2 (FOR STYLE RTR22)  
1%  
2%  
1%  
2%  
2%  
Load Life  
Low Temp.  
High Temp.  
Rotational Life  
M39015/3 (FOR STYLE RTR24)  
2. A dash number from the specification sheet table for the  
resistance value  
Terminal Type  
Resistance Code  
First Two Digits Significant  
Last Digit No. Of Zeros  
103 = 10,000 Ohms  
M39015/2  
–003 500  
M39015/3  
– 006 500  
–004 1K  
–005 2K  
–006 5K  
–007 10K  
–008 20K  
– 007 1K  
– 008 2K  
– 009 5K  
– 010 10K  
Non-Wirewound RJ R Styles - High Reliability  
MIL-R-39035  
RJ R24  
F
W
102  
P
Style  
Characteristic  
T.C. Max.  
3. Terminal Type  
±100PPM°C  
C.R.V. Max.  
Thermal Shock  
Humidity  
1%  
1%  
1%  
1%  
1%  
4. Failure rate level M  
M = 1%  
Shock  
Vibration  
Load Life  
% FAILURE/1,000 Hrs. — 60% Confidence  
2,000 Hrs.  
10,000 Hrs.  
Low Temp.  
High Temp.  
Rotational Life  
Conditioning  
3%  
3%  
1%  
3%  
2%  
EXAMPLES OF PART NUMBERS  
1-1/2%  
Terminal Type  
M39015/2 — 006LM  
Resistance Code  
5K Term. Type L — Failure Rate M  
First Two Digits Significant  
Last Digit No. Of Zeros  
102 = 1,000 Ohms  
M39015/3 — 010XM  
Failure Rate  
(% Failures/1,000 Hrs. — 60% Confidence)  
10K Term. Type X — Failure Rate M  
M = 1.0%  
P = 0.1%  
R = .01%  
The table on the next page shows all part numbers covered by  
this specification, the conversion to the RTR type designation  
number required by the supplier to manufacture the part, and  
the number that will be marked on the units you receive (same  
as part number ordered but with the letter "J" in front of it). The  
letter "J" is a government mark and it is certification that the  
parts comply with the specification.  
Wirewound RT Styles  
MIL-R-27208  
RT24 C2  
P
101  
INFORMATION NOTES  
Style  
1. M39015/3 WAS ADDED TO THE MIL-SPEC AFTER ITS ORIGINAL RELEASE.  
Characteristic  
C
2
=
=
Temp. Coeff. ±50 PPM/°C  
85° Rating Temp., 150° Max. Oper. Temp.  
Terminal Type  
Resistance Code  
First Two Digits Significant  
Last Digit No. Of Zeros  
101 = 100 Ohms  
79  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
Mil-Spec Numbering System - How To Order  
Bourns High Reliability Mil-Spec Part Numbers  
Terminal  
Types  
Failure  
Rates  
Order By  
Process By*  
Marked With  
M39015/2-003(TS)(FR)  
M39015/2-004(TS)(FR)  
M39015/2-005(TS)(FR)  
RTR22D(TS)501(FR)  
RTR22D(TS)102(FR)  
RTR22D(TS)202(FR)  
JM39015/2-003(TS)(FR)  
JM39015/2-004(TS)(FR)  
JM39015/2-005(TS)(FR)  
L, P, W, X  
M
M39015/2-006(TS)(FR)  
M39015/2-007(TS)(FR)  
M39015/2-008(TS)(FR)  
RTR22D(TS)502(FR)  
RTR22D(TS)103(FR)  
RTR22D(TS)203(FR)  
JM39015/2-006(TS)(FR)  
JM39015/2-007(TS)(FR)  
JM39015/2-008(TS)(FR)  
M39015/3-006(TS)(FR)  
RTR24D(TS)501(FR)  
JM39015/3-006(TS)(FR)  
P, W, X  
P, W, X  
M
M
M39015/3-007(TS)(FR)  
M39015/3-008(TS)(FR)  
RTR24D(TS)102(FR)  
RTR24D(TS)202(FR)  
JM39015/3-007(TS)(FR)  
JM39015/3-008(TS)(FR)  
M39015/3-009(TS)(FR)  
M39015/3-010(TS)(FR)  
RTR24D(TS)502(FR)  
RTR24D(TS)103(FR)  
JM39015/3-009(TS)(FR)  
JM39015/3-010(TS)(FR)  
*May also order using this part number.  
Qualified Part Numbers  
Bourns reserves the right per MIL-R-39035 to substitute a higher grade temperature characteristic or failure rate (QPL) than requested.  
RT/RTR22 (Commercial Model 3250)  
STD.  
VALUES  
OHMS  
RT22C2______  
RTR22D______  
NOMINAL  
RESOLUTION  
(PERCENT)  
L
P
W
X
L
P
W
X
10  
20  
50  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
RT22C2L500  
RT22C2L101  
RT22C2L201  
RT22C2L501  
RT22C2L102  
RT22C2L202  
RT22C2L502  
RT22C2L103  
RT22C2L203  
RT22C2P500  
RT22C2P101  
RT22C2P201  
RT22C2P501  
RT22C2P102  
RT22C2P202  
RT22C2P502  
RT22C2P103  
RT22C2P203  
RT22C2W500  
RT22C2W101  
RT22C2W201  
RT22C2W501  
RT22C2W102  
RT22C2W202  
RT22C2W502  
RT22C2W103  
RT22C2W203  
RT22C2X500  
RT22C2X101  
RT22C2X201  
RT22C2X501  
RT22C2X102  
RT22C2X202  
RT22C2X502  
RT22C2X103  
RT22C2X203  
0.80  
0.90  
0.70  
0.60  
0.40  
0.30  
0.25  
0.19  
0.16  
100  
200  
500  
1K  
2K  
5K  
10K  
20K  
-
RTR22DL501M  
RTR22DL102M  
RTR22DL202M  
RTR22DL502M  
RTR22DL103M  
RTR22DL203M  
RTR22DP501M  
RTR22DP100M  
RTR22DP202M  
RTR22DP502M  
RTR22DP103M  
RTR22DP203M  
RTR22DW501M RTR22DX501M  
RTR22DW102M RTR22DX102M  
RTR22DW202M RTR22DX202M  
RTR22DW502M RTR22DX502M  
RTR22DW103M RTR22DX103M  
RTR22DW203M RTR22DX203M  
80  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
Qualified Part Numbers  
Bourns reserves the right per MIL-R-39035 to substitute a higher grade temperature characteristic or failure rate (QPL) than requested.  
RT/RTR24 (Commercial Model 3290)  
STD.  
VALUES  
OHMS  
RT24C2______  
W
RTR24D______  
W
NOMINAL  
RESOLUTION  
(PERCENT)  
P
X
P
X
10  
20  
50  
100  
200  
500  
1K  
2K  
5K  
10K  
RT24C2P100  
RT24C2P200  
RT24C2P500  
RT24C2P101  
RT24C2P201  
RT24C2P501  
RT24C2P102  
RT24C2P202  
RT24C2P502  
RT24C2P103  
RT24C2W100  
RT24C2W200  
RT24C2W500  
RT24C2W101  
RT24C2W201  
RT24C2W501  
RT24C2W102  
RT24C2W202  
RT24C2W502  
RT24C2W103  
RT24C2X100  
RT24C2X200  
RT24C2X500  
RT24C2X101  
RT24C2X201  
RT24C2X501  
RT24C2X102  
RT24C2X202  
RT24C2X502  
RT24C2X103  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1.11  
0.93  
0.62  
0.60  
0.54  
0.42  
0.33  
0.26  
0.20  
0.17  
-
-
-
RTR24DP501M  
RTR24DP102M  
RTR24DP202M  
RTR24DP502M  
RTR24DP103M  
RTR24DW501M  
RTR24DW102M  
RTR24DW202M  
RTR24DW502M  
RTR24DW103M  
RTR24DX501M  
RTR24DX102M  
RTR24DX202M  
RTR24DX502M  
RTR24DX103M  
RT26 (Commercial Model 3260)  
RJ 24 (Commercial Model 3296)  
STD.  
VALUES  
OHMS  
RT26C2______  
NOMINAL  
RESOLUTION  
(PERCENT)  
STD.  
VALUES  
OHMS  
RJ24F______  
W
W
X
P
X
10  
20  
50  
100  
200  
500  
1K  
2K  
5K  
RT26C2W100  
RT26C2W200  
RT26C2W500  
RT26C2W101  
RT26C2W201  
RT26C2W501  
RT26C2W102  
RT26C2W202  
RT26C2W502  
RT26C2X100  
RT26C2X200  
RT26C2X500  
RT26C2X101  
RT26C2X201  
RT26C2X501  
RT26C2X102  
RT26C2X202  
RT26C2X502  
1.90  
1.50  
1.25  
1.00  
0.94  
0.58  
0.50  
0.45  
0.34  
10  
20  
50  
100  
200  
500  
1K  
2K  
5K  
10K  
20K  
25K  
50K  
100K  
250K  
500K  
1 MEG  
RJ24FP100  
RJ24FP200  
RJ24FP500  
RJ24FP101  
RJ24FP201  
RJ24FP501  
RJ24FP102  
RJ24FP202  
RJ24FP502  
RJ24FP103  
RJ24FP203  
RJ24FP253  
RJ24FP503  
RJ24FP104  
RJ24FP254  
RJ24FP504  
RJ24FP105  
RJ24FW100  
RJ24FW200  
RJ24FW500  
RJ24FW101  
RJ24FW201  
RJ24FW501  
RJ24FW102  
RJ24FW202  
RJ24FW502  
RJ24FW103  
RJ24FW203  
RJ24FW253  
RJ24FW503  
RJ24FW104  
RJ24FW254  
RJ24FW504  
RJ24FW105  
RJ24FX100  
RJ24FX200  
RJ24FX500  
RJ24FX101  
RJ24FX201  
RJ24FX501  
RJ24FX102  
RJ24FX202  
RJ24FX502  
RJ24FX103  
RJ24FX203  
RJ24FX253  
RJ24FX503  
RJ24FX104  
RJ24FX254  
RJ24FX504  
RJ24FX105  
FAILURE RATE LEVEL M = 1.0%  
RJ 22 (Commercial Model 3252)  
STD.  
VALUES  
OHMS  
RJ22F______  
L
P
W
X
FAILURE RATE LEVEL M = 1.0%  
10  
20  
50  
100  
200  
500  
1K  
2K  
5K  
10K  
20K  
25K  
50K  
100K  
250K  
500K  
1 MEG  
RJ22FL100  
RJ22FL200  
RJ22FL500  
RJ22FL101  
RJ22FL201  
RJ22FL501  
RJ22FL102  
RJ22FL202  
RJ22FL502  
RJ22FL103  
RJ22FL203  
RJ22FL253  
RJ22FL503  
RJ22FL104  
RJ22FL254  
RJ22FL504  
RJ22FL105  
RJ22FP100  
RJ22FP200  
RJ22FP500  
RJ22FP101  
RJ22FP201  
RJ22FP501  
RJ22FP102  
RJ22FP202  
RJ22FP502  
RJ22FP103  
RJ22FP203  
RJ22FP253  
RJ22FP503  
RJ22FP104  
RJ22FP254  
RJ22FP504  
RJ22FP105  
RJ22FW100  
RJ22FW200  
RJ22FW500  
RJ22FW101  
RJ22FW201  
RJ22FW501  
RJ22FW102  
RJ22FW202  
RJ22FW502  
RJ22FW103  
RJ22FW203  
RJ22FW253  
RJ22FW503  
RJ22FW104  
RJ22FW254  
RJ22FW504  
RJ22FW105  
RJ22FX100  
RJ22FX200  
RJ22FX500  
RJ22FX101  
RJ22FX201  
RJ22FX501  
RJ22FX102  
RJ22FX202  
RJ22FX502  
RJ22FX103  
RJ22FX203  
RJ22FX253  
RJ22FX503  
RJ22FX104  
RJ22FX254  
RJ22FX504  
RJ22FX105  
81  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
Qualified Part Numbers  
Bourns reserves the right per MIL-R-39035 to substitute a higher grade temperature characteristic or failure rate (QPL) than requested.  
RJ R24 (Commercial Model 3296)  
STD.  
VALUES  
OHMS  
RJR24F______  
W
P
X
10  
20  
50  
100  
200  
500  
1K  
2K  
5K  
10K  
20K  
25K  
50K  
100K  
250K  
500K  
1 MEG  
RJR24FP100*  
RJR24FP200*  
RJR24FP500*  
RJR24FP101*  
RJR24FP201*  
RJR24FP501*  
RJR24FP102*  
RJR24FP202*  
RJR24FP502*  
RJR24FP103*  
RJR24FP203*  
RJR24FP253*  
RJR24FP503*  
RJR24FP104*  
RJR24FP254*  
RJR24FP504*  
RJR24FP105*  
RJR24FW100*  
RJR24FW200*  
RJR24FW500*  
RJR24FW101*  
RJR24FW201*  
RJR24FW501*  
RJR24FW102*  
RJR24FW202*  
RJR24FW502*  
RJR24FW103*  
RJR24FW203*  
RJR24FW253*  
RJR24FW503*  
RJR24FW104*  
RJR24FW254*  
RJR24FW504*  
RJR24FW105*  
RJR24FX100*  
RJR24FX200*  
RJR24FX500*  
RJR24FX101*  
RJR24FX201*  
RJR24FX501*  
RJR24FX102*  
RJR24FX202*  
RJR24FX502*  
RJR24FX103*  
RJR24FX203*  
RJR24FX253*  
RJR24FX503*  
RJR24FX104*  
RJR24FX254*  
RJR24FX504*  
RJR24FX105*  
RJ /RJ R26 (Commercial Model 3262)  
STD.  
VALUES  
OHMS  
RJ26F______  
W
RJR26F______  
W
P
X
P
X
10  
20  
50  
100  
200  
500  
1K  
2K  
5K  
10K  
20K  
25K  
50K  
100K  
250K  
500K  
1 MEG  
RJ26FP100  
RJ26FP200  
RJ26FP500  
RJ26FP101  
RJ26FP201  
RJ26FP501  
RJ26FP102  
RJ26FP202  
RJ26FP502  
RJ26FP103  
RJ26FP203  
RJ26FP253  
RJ26FP503  
RJ26FP104  
RJ26FP254  
RJ26FP504  
RJ26FP105  
RJ26FW100  
RJ26FW200  
RJ26FW500  
RJ26FW101  
RJ26FW201  
RJ26FW501  
RJ26FW102  
RJ26FW202  
RJ26FW502  
RJ26FW103  
RJ26FW203  
RJ26FW253  
RJ26FW503  
RJ26FW104  
RJ26FW254  
RJ26FW504  
RJ26FW105  
RJ26FX100  
RJ26FX200  
RJ26FX500  
RJ26FX101  
RJ26FX201  
RJ26FX501  
RJ26FX102  
RJ26FX202  
RJ26FX502  
RJ26FX103  
RJ26FX203  
RJ26FX253  
RJ26FX503  
RJ26FX104  
RJ26FX254  
RJ26FX504  
RJ26FX105  
RJR26FP100*  
RJR26FP200*  
RJR26FP500*  
RJR26FP101*  
RJR26FP201*  
RJR26FP501*  
RJR26FP102*  
RJR26FP202*  
RJR26FP502*  
RJR26FP103*  
RJR26FP203*  
RJR26FP253*  
RJR26FP503*  
RJR26FP104*  
RJR26FP254*  
RJR26FP504*  
RJR26FP105*  
RJR26FW100*  
RJR26FW200*  
RJR26FW500*  
RJR26FW101*  
RJR26FW201*  
RJR26FW501*  
RJR26FW102*  
RJR26FW202*  
RJR26FW502*  
RJR26FW103*  
RJR26FW203*  
RJR26FW253*  
RJR26FW503*  
RJR26FW104*  
RJR26FW254*  
RJR26FW504*  
RJR26FW105*  
RJR26FX100*  
RJR26FX200*  
RJR26FX500*  
RJR26FX101*  
RJR26FX201*  
RJR26FX501*  
RJR26FX102*  
RJR26FX202*  
RJR26FX502*  
RJR26FX103*  
RJR26FX203*  
RJR26FX253*  
RJR26FX503*  
RJR26FX104*  
RJR26FX254*  
RJR26FX504*  
RJR26FX105*  
*LAST LETTER IN NUMBER IS FAILURE RATE LEVEL. M = 1.0% P = 0.1% R = 0.01%  
82  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
Applications/Processing Guide  
HOW TO USE THIS SECTION  
The Resistive Element  
This Applications/Processing Guide is intended to provide  
you with points to consider for designing circuits, selecting  
trimmers and arranging board layouts, to achieve maximum  
performance and long life for your circuits and systems. We  
have also included information on steps your manufacturing  
engineers can take to preserve circuit reliability.  
For example, are you aware that the trimmers and other  
mechanical components on your boards may face a more  
extreme environment during boardwashing on your own produc-  
tion line, than they ever will in use? For those trimmers that may  
need to be reset, are you remembering to select and mount the  
trimmers to provide easy accessibility?  
Trimmers for commercial applications typically have a  
resistive element made of carbon or cermet (a combination of  
CERamic and METal), or of resistance wire wound on an insulat-  
ed copper mandrel.  
The main advantages of wirewound trimmers are their low  
temperature coefficient, higher power dissipation, lower noise,  
tighter resistance tolerance, and, when used as a variable resis-  
tor, the excellent current-carrying capacity through the wiper due  
to the lower contact resistance. Also, their long-term resistance  
stability with time and temperature is slightly better than cermet.  
Cermet trimmers provide a wider resistance range (10 ohms  
to 5 megohms, versus a maximum of 50K ohms for wirewound).  
Also, the wiper output can be set closer to the desired value  
since the resistive element presents a continuous contact  
surface for the wiper, as opposed to the discrete turns (resolu-  
tion) of the wirewound. Other advantages with cermet are the  
lower reactance in high-frequency applications, the smaller sizes  
available, and the generally lower price than wirewound types.  
In this section, you'll find dozens of pointers, reminders  
and useful facts that will help you be more knowledgeable and  
successful in using trimmers.  
TRIMMER BASICS  
In its most common form, a trimmer is simply a device  
containing a resistive element, and a wiper, or adjustable tap,  
contacting the element. The wiper can be mechanically moved  
to vary the amount of voltage or resistance in the circuit. The  
resistive element is usually laid out in linear or a circular  
configuration:  
ADJUSTMENT SCREW  
RESISTIVE ELEMENT  
WIPER  
ADJUSTMENT ROTOR  
ADJUSTMENT SCREW  
RESISTIVE  
ELEMENT  
WIPER  
WIPER  
RESISTIVE ELEMENT  
83  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
Soldering And Cleaning Processes  
This application note is designed to provide step-by-step  
processing recommendations. It covers the popular SMC  
soldering processes currently in use and provides recommenda-  
tions and cautions for each step. Since many variations of  
temperature, time, processes, cleaning agents and board types  
are found in the electronics industry, youll want to test and  
verify your own system.  
1. SOLDERING - Forced Hot Air, Convection, IR, Vapor Phase  
(In-Line), Wave (Single and Dual)  
2. CLEANING - Solvent, Aqueous, Semi-Aqueous, No-Clean  
On the facing page are the common methods, materials and  
maximum temperature/time parameters for soldering and  
cleaning processes.  
The process steps, recommendations and cautions are  
based on Bourns Trimpot surveys of SMC users, equipment  
manufacturers and materials suppliers. Also, comments  
reflect results of Bourns’ testing. Our findings suggest the  
following soldering and cleaning processes:  
1 2 3 4 5  
Solder Paste  
Printing  
Reflow  
Adhesive  
SMC  
Placement  
Adhesive  
Cure  
Flux  
Application  
Application  
Flow (Wave)  
Flow (Wave)  
Flow (Wave)  
GENERAL  
GENERAL  
GENERAL  
GENERAL  
GENERAL  
Use the optimum  
solder paste for the  
pattern, printing  
process, solder paste  
density and solder  
joint quality.  
The adhesive must hold  
the SM Component  
(SMC) in correct  
Use pick-and-place  
equipment with  
Use heat/time cure  
method with either  
convection oven or  
infrared radiation.  
Use the correct flux  
to remove surface  
oxides, prevent  
reoxidation and  
promote wetting.  
vacuum nozzle ID size  
that allows adequate  
suction to pick the  
SMC out of the  
orientation upon place-  
ment and maintain  
correct trimmer position  
during physical  
handling before final  
solder processing.  
RECOMMENDED  
Cure using the  
temperature and  
times recommended  
by the adhesive  
manufacturer.  
embossed cavity.  
RECOMMENDED  
• RMA  
• No-clean SRB  
(Synthetic resin  
based)  
• OA (Organic Acid)  
(See caution)  
RECOMMENDED  
Use Sn 63% Pb 37%  
solder paste. Use 8 to  
10 mil thickness for  
solder paste print.  
RECOMMENDED  
The nozzle inside  
diameter (ID) should  
not exceed .100 in.  
(2.54mm) to ensure  
adequate suction and  
part alignment.  
RECOMMENDED  
To assure positional  
stability, place a single  
dot of epoxy under the  
SMC.  
CAUTION  
CAUTION  
Use enough cure  
time to assure  
complete adhesive  
transition from fluid  
to solid.  
Since solder paste  
usually contains a high  
percentage of activators,  
you must ensure  
CAUTION  
Avoid highly  
activated fluxes.  
Consult factory before  
using OA.  
CAUTION  
Assure parts are  
placed so that all  
terminals are  
equidistant (<4 mils)  
from the solder pads.  
EPOXY  
adequate cleaning to  
remove all residues,  
unless no-clean (low  
solids) paste is used.  
CAUTION  
Align terminals with  
solder belt direction of  
travel to avoid body  
shadowing effects  
Stability after placement  
is a direct function of  
the volume of adhesive  
used. Use enough epoxy  
to assure stability  
through the cure  
during flow soldering.  
process.  
Avoid overflow of epoxy  
to solder pad and  
terminal areas.  
84  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
Soldering And Cleaning Processes  
SOLDERING/CLEANING METHODS  
REFLOW  
FLOW  
Wave  
Hot Air;  
Infrared  
Hot Air;  
Infrared  
Hot Air;  
Infrared  
Hot Air;  
Infrared  
Vapor  
Phase  
Vapor  
Phase  
Vapor  
Phase  
Vapor  
Phase  
Wave  
Wave  
Wave  
Process Step  
(Solvent) (Semi-Aq) (Aqueous) (No-Clean) (Solvent) (Semi-Aq) (Aqueous) (No-Clean) (Solvent) (Semi-Aq) (Aqueous) (No-Clean) Material  
1. Solder Paste Printing  
2. Adhesive Application  
3. Component Placement  
4. Adhesive Cure  
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
5. Flux Application  
5. Flux Application  
5. Flux Application  
5. Flux Application  
6. Solder (Reflow)  
7. Solder (Flow)  
Rosin  
X
Rosin  
X
X
Organic Acid  
X
X
Synthetic Resin Based  
63/37 Sn/Pb  
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
63/37 Sn/Pb  
8. Wash (Solvent)  
8. Wash (Semi-Aqueous)  
8. Wash (Aqueous)  
High Pressure Fluids  
ODS Free  
Terpene, Hydrocarbon Based  
DI H20; Surfacant; Saponifier  
(See Caution)  
X
X
X
X
X
X
Max. Temp. (°C)/Time (Secs) 235/40  
Min. Temp. (°C) 215  
235/40  
215  
235/40  
215  
235/40  
215  
215/180  
215  
215/180  
215  
215/180  
215  
215/180  
215  
260/5  
215  
260/5  
215  
260/5  
215  
85  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
Applications/Processing Guide  
TRIMMING POTENTIOMETERS AND DEFINITIONS  
INPUT AND OUTPUT TERMS  
The following terms and definitions have been edited from the  
Industrial Standard published by the Variable Resistive Components  
Institute. It is intended to encourage standardization in communica-  
tion and understanding between the manufacturer and user. The  
complete standard, including detailed test procedures, is available  
upon request.  
TOTAL APPLIED VOLTAGE: The total voltage applied between the  
designated input terminals.  
OUTPUT VOLTAGE: The voltage between the wiper terminal and the  
designated reference point. Unless otherwise specified, the  
designated reference point is the CCW terminal.  
OUTPUT RATIO: The ratio of the output voltage to the designated  
input reference voltage. Unless otherwise specified, the refer-  
ence voltage is the total applied voltage.  
GENERAL TERMS  
TRIMMING POTENTIOMETER: An electrical mechanical device with  
three terminals. Two terminals are connected to the ends of a  
resistive element and one terminal is connected to a movable  
conductive contact which slides over the element, thus allowing  
the input voltage to be divided as a function of the mechanical  
input. It can function as either a voltage divider or rheostat.  
LOAD RESISTANCE: An external resistance as seen by the Output  
Voltage (connected between the wiper terminal and the desig-  
nated reference point.)  
ADJ USTMENT TERMS  
DIRECTION OF TRAVEL: Clockwise (CW) or counterclockwise  
(CCW) rotation when viewing the adjustment end of the poten-  
tiometer.  
WIREWOUND TRIMMING POTENTIOMETER: A trimming poten-  
tiometer characterized by a resistance element made up of  
turns of wire on which the wiper contacts only a small portion of  
each turn.  
CW  
CCW  
NON-WIREWOUND TRIMMING POTENTIOMETER: A trimming  
potentiometer characterized by the continuous nature of the  
surface area of the resistance element to be contacted. Contact  
is maintained over a continuous, unbroken path. The resistance  
is achieved by using material compositions other than wire such  
as carbon, conductive plastics, metal film and cermet.  
GREEN  
YELLOW  
RED  
CW ROTATION  
MECHANICAL TRAVEL — SOLID STOPS: The total travel of the  
adjustment shaft between integral stops. Continuity must be  
maintained throughout the travel.  
RESISTANCE ELEMENT: A continuous, unbroken length of resistive  
material without joints, bonds or welds except at the junction of  
the element and the electrical terminals connected to each end  
of the element, or at an intermediate point such as a center tap.  
MECHANICAL TRAVEL — CLUTCHING ACTION: The total travel of  
the adjustment shaft between the points where clutch actuation  
begins. Continuity must be maintained throughout the travel  
and during clutch actuation.  
ADJUSTMENT SHAFT: The mechanical input member of a trimming  
potentiometer which when actuated causes the wiper to  
traverse the resistance element resulting in a change in output  
voltage or resistance.  
MECHANICAL TRAVEL — CONTINUOUS ROTATION: The total  
travel of the adjustment shaft when the wiper movement is  
unrestricted at either end of the resistive element as the adjust-  
ment shaft continues to be actuated.  
SINGLE-TURN ADJUSTMENT: Requires 360º or less mechanical  
input to cause the wiper to traverse the total resistance element.  
MULTITURN ADJUSTMENT: Requires more than 360º mechanical  
adjustment to cause the wiper to traverse the total resistance  
element.  
ADJUSTMENT TRAVEL (ELECTRICAL): The total travel of the adjust-  
ment shaft between minimum and maximum output voltages.  
CONTINUITY TRAVEL: The total travel of the shaft over which elec-  
trical continuity is maintained between the wiper and the resis-  
tance element.  
TERMINAL: An external member that provides electrical access to  
the resistance element and wiper.  
LEADWIRE TYPE TERMINAL: Flexible insulated conductor.  
PRINTED CIRCUIT TERMINAL: Rigid uninsulated electrical conduc-  
tor, suitable for printed circuit board plug-in.  
ELECTRICAL AND OPERATIONAL CHARACTERISTICS  
TOTAL RESISTANCE: The DC resistance between the input termi-  
nals with the wiper positioned to either end stop, or in dead  
band for continuous rotation potentiometers.  
SOLDER LUG TERMINAL: Rigid uninsulated electrical conductor,  
suitable for external lead attachment.  
WIPER: The wiper is the member in contact with the resistive ele-  
ment that allows the output to be varied when the adjustment  
shaft is rotated.  
TEST VOLTAGE  
Maximum  
Total Resistance, Nominal  
Ohms  
Test Voltage  
STOP-CLUTCH: A device which allows the wiper to idle at the ends  
of the resistive element without damage as the adjustment shaft  
continues to be actuated in the same direction.  
Non-Wirewound  
Wirewound  
Volts DC  
Volts DC  
STOP – SOLID: A positive limit to mechanical and/or electrical  
adjustment.  
.1 TO 1.0  
1.0 to 50  
50 to 100  
100 to 1000  
1K to 100K  
Over 0.1 megohm  
0.1  
0.3  
2.0  
3.0  
10  
0.1  
0.3  
2.0  
3.0  
10  
STACKING: The mounting of one trimming potentiometer adjacent to  
or on top of another utilizing the same mounting hardware.  
THEORETICAL RESOLUTION: (Wirewound only) The theoretical  
measurement of sensitivity to which the output ratio may be  
adjusted; the reciprocal of the number of turns of wire in resis-  
tance winding expressed as a percentage.  
50  
NOTE: The test voltages should never exceed the equivalent of 10% rated power.  
The minimum voltage to be used is 10 MV.  
N = Total number of resistance wire turns.  
1
N X 100 = Theoretical resolution percent.  
86  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
Applications/Processing Guide  
ABSOLUTE MINIMUM RESISTANCE: The resistance measured  
between the wiper terminal and each end terminal with the  
wiper positioned to give a minimum value.  
TABLE II  
Test Current (±20% )  
Total Resistance Range  
END RESISTANCE: The resistance measured between the wiper ter-  
minal and an end terminal when the wiper is positioned at the  
corresponding end of mechanical travel. Absolute minimum  
resistance and end resistance are synonymous for continuous  
rotation trimmers.  
30 ma  
5 ma  
1 ma  
200 ua  
50 ua  
2 = Rt = 200  
200 ‹ Rt = 3K  
3K ‹ Rt = 200K  
200K ‹ Rt = 1 megohm  
1 megohm ‹ Rt = 5 megohm  
TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT OF RESISTANCE: The unit change in  
resistance per degree Celsius change from a reference temper-  
ature, expressed in parts per million per degree Celsius as  
follows:  
EQUIVALENT NOISE RESISTANCE: Wirewound only. Any spurious  
variation in the electrical output not present in the input, defined  
quantitatively in terms of an equivalent parasitic, transient resis-  
tance in ohms, appearing between the contact and the resistant  
element when the shaft is rotated. The equivalent Noise  
Resistance is defined independently of the resolution, function-  
al characteristics and the total travel. The magnitude of the  
Equivalent Noise Resistance is the maximum departure from a  
specific reference line. The wiper of the potentiometer is  
required to be excited by a specific current and moved at a  
specific speed.  
R2 – R1  
TC = ——————— X 106  
R1 (T2 – T1)  
Where:  
R1 = Resistance at reference temperature in ohms.  
R2 = Resistance at test temperature in ohms.  
T1 = Reference temperature in degrees Celsius.  
T2 = Test temperature in degrees Celsius.  
TEST TRIMMER  
RESISTANCE-TEMPERATURE CHARACTERISTIC: The difference  
between the total resistance values measured at a reference  
temperature of 25ºC and the specified test temperature  
expressed as a percent of the Total Resistance.  
1
3
2
R2 – R1  
1 ma  
SCOPE  
RTC = ——————— X 100  
OR EQUIVALENT  
DETECTOR  
R1  
Where:  
CALIBRATION  
RESISTOR  
INPUT Z  
R1 = Resistance at reference temperature (25ºC) in ohms.  
R2 = Resistance at the test temperature in ohms.  
10 X R  
t
CONTACT RESISTANCE VARIATION: The apparent resistance seen  
between the wiper and the resistance element when the wiper  
is energized with a specified current and moved over the  
adjustment travel in either direction at a constant speed. The  
output variations are measured over a specified frequency  
bandwidth, exclusive of the effects due to roll-on or roll-off of  
the terminations and is expressed in ohms or % of total resis-  
tance.  
Max. deviation (volts)  
.001 amps  
ENR (ohms) =  
CONTINUITY: Continuity is the maintenance of continuous electrical  
contact between the wiper and both end terminals of the resis-  
tive element.  
SETTING STABILITY: The amount of change in the output voltage,  
without readjustment, expressed as a percentage of the total  
applied voltage.  
CONSTANT  
CURRENT  
SOURCE  
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: The ability to withstand the application of  
a specified potential of a given characteristic, between the ter-  
minals and all other external conducting members such as  
shaft, housing and mounting hardware without exceeding a  
specified leakage current value.  
NOT TO EXCEED  
RATING OF Rt  
BEING TESTED  
3
1
Rt  
AC  
AMPLIFIER  
OR FILTER  
INSULATION RESISTANCE: The resistance to a specified DC voltage  
impressed between the terminals and all other external  
conducting members such as shaft, housing and mounting  
hardware.  
2
CALIBRATION  
DECADES  
SEE NOTE  
OSCILLOSCOPE  
POWER RATING: The maximum power that a trimming potentiometer  
can dissipate across the total resistive element under specified  
conditions while meeting specified performance requirements.  
OUTPUT DETECTOR  
ROTATIONAL LIFE: The number of cycles obtainable under specified  
operating conditions while remaining within specified allowable  
degradation. A cycle is defined as one complete traversal of the  
wiper over the resistive element in both directions.  
Figure 1. Contact-resistance-variation measuring circuit  
Rt = Test specimen  
Output detector bandwidth: 100 cycles to 50 kilocycles  
Minimum input impedance to output detector:  
At least 10 times the nominal resistance being tested  
LOAD LIFE: The number of hours at which a device may dissipate  
rated power under specified operating conditions while remain-  
ing within specified allowable degradations.  
NOTE: At the calibration of the decade, terminals 1 and 2 must be  
coincident. Calibration decade is to be set for the contact-resistance  
variation (CRV) level of the specified nominal resistance being tested.  
ADJUSTABILITY (OUTPUT RESISTANCE): The precision with which  
the output resistance of a device can be set to the desired  
value.  
87  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
Applications/Processing Guide  
Forced Hot Air Convection System — Uses a multizone forced  
air convection system with heat source panels using IR or other  
type heating elements. Approximately 85% of the heating is  
provided by free convection to reflow solder on exposed PC  
boards.  
ADJUSTABILITY (OUTPUT VOLTAGE RATIO): The precision with  
which the output voltage ratio of a device can be set to the  
desired value.  
MECHANICAL TERMS  
Dual Wave System — Utilizes two parallel solder waves. The  
first is a turbulent wave followed by a laminar wave. The turbu-  
lent wave is for small, constricted areas, while the laminar wave  
removes solder projections.  
STARTING TORQUE: The maximum moment in the clockwise and  
counterclockwise directions required to initiate shaft adjust-  
ment anywhere in the mechanical travel.  
Vapor Phase System Provides a single-zone condensation  
heat source achieved with liquid fluorinated hydrocarbons that  
have been brought to the boiling point to create a saturated  
vapor zone. Heat is then released by the fluids heat of vapor-  
ization as the vapor condenses on the product.  
STOP TORQUE: The maximum static moment that can be applied  
to adjustment shaft at each mechanical stop for a specified  
period of time without loss of continuity or mechanical damage  
affecting operational characteristics.  
SOLDERABILITY: The ability of the terminals to accept a uniform  
coating of solder under specified conditions.  
Soldering (Through-hole)  
Two types of equipment are usually associated with through-  
hole soldering:  
WELDABILITY: The ability of materials to be welded together under  
specified conditions.  
Single Wave System Provides an inclined portion of the  
solder wave for the PC board to pass over. The PC board is  
positioned to bring many potential solder joints in contact with  
the wave simultaneously for a short time for soldering.  
TERMINAL STRENGTH: The ability of the terminals to withstand  
specified mechanical stresses without sustaining damage that  
would affect utility of the terminals or operation of the trimming  
potentiometer.  
Drag System Provides for PC boards to be dragged across  
the surface of the solder pot. Soldered connections are made  
during this operation.  
IMMERSION SEALED: The ability of the unit to withstand submer-  
sion in acceptable cleaning solutions used in normal soldering  
processes without performance degradation under specified  
environmental conditions.  
PC Board Washing  
Two types of equipment are usually associated with both SMT  
and through-hole products.  
TRIMMER "ABILITIES"  
Pressure System — Accomplishes cleaning by directing sprays  
When you are selecting components for a new design, you  
typically take into account the environmental conditions that the  
components will need to endure during the lifetime of the instrument  
or device. Designers in the past have often overlooked the environ-  
mental extremes of their own production lines, where the conditions  
may be much more severe than anything encountered in actual end  
use.  
of water under high pressure from multiple nozzles.  
Flooding System — Utilizes a combination of flooding (at  
normal water pressure) and surfactant action for cleaning).  
Soldering and Wash Processes  
Figure 1 shows typical profiles any component may see during  
a soldering and board washing operation. For details of materi-  
al and process variables recommendations, see Soldering and  
Cleaning Processes, page 76.  
PROCESSABILITY  
"Processability" refers to the ability of the unit to withstand the  
production-line processes associated with the finishing steps on the  
PC boards. Typically, both SMT and through-hole products are sub-  
jected to similar PC board processing operations after preparation  
for assembly. These operations can generally be summarized as  
follows:  
2
Flux  
Solder  
Pre-Heat  
Top Mounted  
Thermocouple  
1
3
4
°C  
5
Wash  
Dry  
Rinse  
Bottom  
Mounted  
Thermocouple  
6
Soldering (SMT)  
Four types of equipment are usually associated with SMT  
soldering:  
Minutes  
IR System — Uses a multi-zone infrared furnace with IR  
elements heated to a temperature substantially above chamber  
or product temperature. Energy is supplied to the product  
primarily by IR radiation to reflow solder.  
88  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
Applications/Processing Guide  
To minimize exposure to high-pressure water during board  
wash  
Rate of Change of Profile  
(Indicator of Level of Stability)  
Select trimmer models with pin styles that orient the  
rotor seal area away from exposure to the high-pressure  
water stream  
7
Unstable Temp  
(# of Cycles)  
SETTABILITY  
°C/Min.  
Settability refers to the ease with which a trimmer can be set  
accurately to the position that produces the desired circuit condition.  
Where the requirement is for obtaining a highly accurate set-  
ting the preference is for cermet — because a small incremental  
adjustment in a wirewound unit does not always produce the  
expected change in output as the wiper moves off one turn of wire  
and onto another.  
Setting accuracy is better with a multiturn unit than with a  
single-turn. This is especially true when the speed of setting is also  
a requirement as on a production line (Figure 2).  
Minutes  
SINGLE-TURN SETTABILITY (3386)  
MULTITURN SETTABILITY (3299)  
Figure 1.  
400  
300  
200  
MV.  
Typical temperature profile for board washing  
and soldering.  
400  
M.V.  
EXPERIENCED  
TECHNICIAN  
EXPERIENCED  
TECHNICIAN  
Critical profile parameters  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Temperature Shock (°C)  
Maximum Temperature (°C)  
400  
M.V.  
Temperature Exposure (Minimum)  
Temperature Gradient (°C)  
500  
Temperature Shock Decrease in Water (°C)  
Temperature Shock Decrease in Water & Air Pressure (°C)  
Unstable Temperature (see next page)  
400  
MV.  
LESS EXPERIENCED  
TECHNICIAN  
LESS EXPERIENCED  
TECHNICIAN  
0
1.7 3.4 5.1 6.8 8.5 10.2  
SEC.  
0
1.7 3.4 5.1 6.8 8.5 10.2  
SEC.  
General Guidelines for Guarding Against Component Damage  
To minimize temperature shock  
Pre-heat boards to maximum acceptable level  
• Reduce time in solder  
Figure 2.  
When accurate setting is required, a multiturn trimmer  
can generally be set faster than a single-turn.  
To avoid heating components above their maximum rated  
temperature  
• Use lowest acceptable solder temperature  
• Use maximum allowable conveyor speed  
• Limit pre-heat temperature to maximum necessary  
STABILITY  
Stability refers to the ability of the trimmer to remain at the  
desired setting. Environmental factors play an important role here:  
stability may be affected by temperature exposure, thermal shock/  
cycling, humidity, and mechanical shock or vibration.  
To limit time of exposure above rated temperature  
• Limit time in solder  
This is not a matter of concern in most applications, since  
Bourns trimmers exhibit excellent stability under all specified condi-  
tions. Stability is most often a concern when cermet trimmers are  
used in low current "dry" circuits (50uA amps and below). Under  
these conditions the contact resistance may vary, making the wiper  
appear unstable. This is most noticeable in some rheostat applica-  
tions. This can be avoided by using a wirewound unit, or choosing a  
cermet trimmer that has been designed for dry-circuit applications.  
Bourns applications engineers can assist you on this and other  
questions.  
• After solder operation, cool board to wash temperature  
before it enters wash  
To minimize temperature difference between top and bottom of  
board  
• Apply pre-heat to both top and bottom  
To reduce temperature shock on entering the moist environ-  
ment of the wash  
• Use wash/rinse temperature as near component  
temperature as possible  
• Extend time between solder process and wash  
• Cool board after solder operation, prior to entering wash  
ACCESSIBILITY  
When selecting a trimmer and determining its placement on the  
board, keep in mind the people who will have to use it. Bourns trim-  
mers are available in a wide variety of sizes, shapes, configurations,  
and placement of adjustment screws. You will usually find a unit on  
which the access for adjustment will be convenient for the user.  
To minimize temperature variations as component travels  
through moisture  
• Minimize number of wash/rinse and rinse/dry cycles  
• Use heated air for air knives (to counter evaporative  
cooling effect)  
• Minimize difference between wash and rinse temperature  
89  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
Applications/Processing Guide  
Keep in mind the different requirements for accessibility  
depending on whether adjustment will be done on the assembly line  
or in the field; with the board uncovered, in a housing or cabinet, or  
on an extender. Also consider whether production-line adjustment  
will be done manually or by robotics. A Bourns applications engineer  
can advise on special high-speed automatic adjustment features.  
Smaller Finished Product Size  
(addresses demand for miniaturization).  
Cost, performance, quality/reliability and size — how are these  
factors interrelated and how are they achieved through surface  
mounting?  
A by-product of SMD technology is the downsizing of compo-  
nents. Size reductions range from 25% to 60% , depending upon the  
device in question. High PC board densities can be achieved (more  
components per square inch of real estate; surface mounted units  
can also be assembled on both sides). PC board material savings  
alone are substantial. When circuits diminish, external hardware and  
other materials follow — further savings. Even freight charges are  
decreased by lighter equipment weight and less packaging.  
Surface mounted component prices are forecasted to decline,  
the result of automated volume production. Volume is directly related  
to component standardization. By having a few sizes to cover a large  
range of electrical values and/or parameters, large quantities of a  
given device can be produced at a much lower per unit cost. Selling  
prices fall as volume increases. Component quality is also enhanced  
by eliminating many of the variables associated with short produc-  
tion runs.  
Automatic SMD handling equipment, although capital intensive,  
is the single-most effective way to reduce labor costs and increase  
yields. Typical "pick and place" machines can assemble compo-  
nents 8 to 10 times faster than human assemblers, with virtually no  
mistakes. Major direct labor reductions are obvious. The combina-  
tion of improved component quality and "mistake-free" component  
placement further decreases costs by eliminating the normal rework  
of auto-inserted boards.  
USABILITY  
In selecting a trimmer for a specific application, it's important to  
be aware that the catalog contains a myriad of facts about each  
model that can assist you in finding the most suitable choice. For  
example:  
Contact Resistance Variation (CRV) — Under MIL-R 22097 and  
MIL-R-39035, the maximum CRV is 3% . All Bourns trimmers meet  
this standard (3% or 3 ohms, whichever is greater). For applications  
that demand a more rigorous standard, some Bourns trimmers are  
rated at 2% or 2 ohms, and many others at 1% or 1 ohm.  
Power Rating — The ambient temperature at which the trimmer  
will operate has an important bearing on power rating. Power ratings  
are usually specified at 70º or 85ºC; at a temperature of 150ºC, the  
power rating of many trimmers is reduced to zero.  
Temperature Coefficient of Resistance (T.C.) — This specifica-  
tion is a measure of how much the resistance changes with a  
change in temperature. In many applications a T.C. of ±250PPM/ºC  
is acceptable. Typical T.C. specifications for cermet models are  
±100PPM/ºC and ±50PPM/ºC for wirewound models.  
RELIABILITY  
The many advantages of SMD technology will force change  
upon both electronic equipment manufacturers and component  
suppliers alike. Worldwide competitive prices and performance  
pressures will make it happen. Few electronic components will  
escape its influence, trimming potentiometers being no exception.  
Bourns is committed to SMD conversion, and we intend to be a  
leader in surface mounted trimmer devices. Bourns surface mount  
trimmers begin on page 12.  
One of the greatest challenges facing American manufactur-  
ers in the early '90s lies in the area of reliability — a challenge for  
component manufacturers and equipment manufacturers alike.  
Bourns has been on the leading edge of this effort, both in the area  
of instituting new methods and technologies for achieving higher  
reliability, and bringing an awareness of the need to other manufac-  
turers.  
GENERAL NOTES:  
SURFACE MOUNTED DEVICES (SMD)  
AN EMERGING TECHNOLOGY  
Plated-Through Holes: (Ref. MIL-STD-275D).  
5.5 Plated-through holes. The difference between the inside diame-  
ter of the plated-through hole and the nominal outside diameter  
of the inserted lead shall be not greater than 0.028 inch  
(0.71mm) or less than 0.010 inch (0.25 mm). Unless otherwise  
specified, the hole size shall be the finished plated size after  
solder coating or fusing. When flat ribbon leads are mounted  
through plated-through holes, the difference between the nomi-  
nal thickness of the lead and the inside diameter of the plated-  
through hole shall not exceed 0.028 inch (0.71 mm).  
Surface mounting of electronic components represents another  
significant advance in PC board processing. Many U.S. companies  
have expressed an interest in SMD assembly methods to replace the  
often troublesome and costly techniques now used with leaded  
components. Unfortunately, for a number of reasons, this interest  
has not resulted to date in a major commitment to SMD handling  
equipment.  
There are direct and indirect benefits associated with surface  
mounting. Since the direct benefits are outgrowths of the indirect  
ones, some explanation of these interrelated factors is required in  
order to understand this complex, highly technical and investment  
intensive subject. Further, a listing of the primary advantages will  
make additional comments on Japan's SMD usage and growth  
unnecessary.  
In capsule format, the primary advantages (with comments on  
secondary benefits) are:  
Lower End-Equipment Cost  
(positions OEM's for aggressive pricing to achieve market  
penetration).  
Superior Product Performance  
(satisfies user requirements for improved operational  
performance).  
Improved Product Quality and Reliability  
(creates confidence factor which easily translates to  
increased demand or sales).  
90  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  

相关型号:

SI9130DB

5- and 3.3-V Step-Down Synchronous Converters

Warning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY

SI9135LG-T1

SMBus Multi-Output Power-Supply Controller

Warning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY

SI9135LG-T1-E3

SMBus Multi-Output Power-Supply Controller

Warning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY

SI9135_11

SMBus Multi-Output Power-Supply Controller

Warning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY

SI9136_11

Multi-Output Power-Supply Controller

Warning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY

SI9130CG-T1-E3

Pin-Programmable Dual Controller - Portable PCs

Warning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY

SI9130LG-T1-E3

Pin-Programmable Dual Controller - Portable PCs

Warning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY

SI9130_11

Pin-Programmable Dual Controller - Portable PCs

Warning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY

SI9137

Multi-Output, Sequence Selectable Power-Supply Controller for Mobile Applications

Warning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY

SI9137DB

Multi-Output, Sequence Selectable Power-Supply Controller for Mobile Applications

Warning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY

SI9137LG

Multi-Output, Sequence Selectable Power-Supply Controller for Mobile Applications

Warning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY

SI9122E

500-kHz Half-Bridge DC/DC Controller with Integrated Secondary Synchronous Rectification Drivers

Warning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY